]> git.proxmox.com Git - mirror_ubuntu-eoan-kernel.git/blame - include/net/mac80211.h
xsk: fix umem memory leak on cleanup
[mirror_ubuntu-eoan-kernel.git] / include / net / mac80211.h
CommitLineData
f0706e82 1/*
3017b80b
JB
2 * mac80211 <-> driver interface
3 *
f0706e82
JB
4 * Copyright 2002-2005, Devicescape Software, Inc.
5 * Copyright 2006-2007 Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz>
026331c4 6 * Copyright 2007-2010 Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
d98ad83e 7 * Copyright 2013-2014 Intel Mobile Communications GmbH
e38a017b 8 * Copyright (C) 2015 - 2017 Intel Deutschland GmbH
fafd2bce 9 * Copyright (C) 2018 - 2019 Intel Corporation
f0706e82
JB
10 *
11 * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
12 * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2 as
13 * published by the Free Software Foundation.
14 */
15
16#ifndef MAC80211_H
17#define MAC80211_H
18
187f1882 19#include <linux/bug.h>
f0706e82
JB
20#include <linux/kernel.h>
21#include <linux/if_ether.h>
22#include <linux/skbuff.h>
f0706e82 23#include <linux/ieee80211.h>
f0706e82 24#include <net/cfg80211.h>
5caa328e 25#include <net/codel.h>
41cbb0f5 26#include <net/ieee80211_radiotap.h>
42d98795 27#include <asm/unaligned.h>
f0706e82 28
75a5f0cc
JB
29/**
30 * DOC: Introduction
31 *
32 * mac80211 is the Linux stack for 802.11 hardware that implements
33 * only partial functionality in hard- or firmware. This document
34 * defines the interface between mac80211 and low-level hardware
35 * drivers.
36 */
37
38/**
39 * DOC: Calling mac80211 from interrupts
40 *
41 * Only ieee80211_tx_status_irqsafe() and ieee80211_rx_irqsafe() can be
f0706e82
JB
42 * called in hardware interrupt context. The low-level driver must not call any
43 * other functions in hardware interrupt context. If there is a need for such
44 * call, the low-level driver should first ACK the interrupt and perform the
2485f710
JB
45 * IEEE 802.11 code call after this, e.g. from a scheduled workqueue or even
46 * tasklet function.
47 *
48 * NOTE: If the driver opts to use the _irqsafe() functions, it may not also
6ef307bc 49 * use the non-IRQ-safe functions!
f0706e82
JB
50 */
51
75a5f0cc
JB
52/**
53 * DOC: Warning
54 *
55 * If you're reading this document and not the header file itself, it will
56 * be incomplete because not all documentation has been converted yet.
57 */
58
59/**
60 * DOC: Frame format
61 *
62 * As a general rule, when frames are passed between mac80211 and the driver,
63 * they start with the IEEE 802.11 header and include the same octets that are
64 * sent over the air except for the FCS which should be calculated by the
65 * hardware.
66 *
67 * There are, however, various exceptions to this rule for advanced features:
68 *
69 * The first exception is for hardware encryption and decryption offload
70 * where the IV/ICV may or may not be generated in hardware.
71 *
72 * Secondly, when the hardware handles fragmentation, the frame handed to
73 * the driver from mac80211 is the MSDU, not the MPDU.
f0706e82
JB
74 */
75
42935eca
LR
76/**
77 * DOC: mac80211 workqueue
78 *
79 * mac80211 provides its own workqueue for drivers and internal mac80211 use.
80 * The workqueue is a single threaded workqueue and can only be accessed by
81 * helpers for sanity checking. Drivers must ensure all work added onto the
82 * mac80211 workqueue should be cancelled on the driver stop() callback.
83 *
84 * mac80211 will flushed the workqueue upon interface removal and during
85 * suspend.
86 *
87 * All work performed on the mac80211 workqueue must not acquire the RTNL lock.
88 *
89 */
90
ba8c3d6f
FF
91/**
92 * DOC: mac80211 software tx queueing
93 *
94 * mac80211 provides an optional intermediate queueing implementation designed
95 * to allow the driver to keep hardware queues short and provide some fairness
96 * between different stations/interfaces.
97 * In this model, the driver pulls data frames from the mac80211 queue instead
98 * of letting mac80211 push them via drv_tx().
99 * Other frames (e.g. control or management) are still pushed using drv_tx().
100 *
101 * Drivers indicate that they use this model by implementing the .wake_tx_queue
102 * driver operation.
103 *
adf8ed01
JB
104 * Intermediate queues (struct ieee80211_txq) are kept per-sta per-tid, with
105 * another per-sta for non-data/non-mgmt and bufferable management frames, and
106 * a single per-vif queue for multicast data frames.
ba8c3d6f
FF
107 *
108 * The driver is expected to initialize its private per-queue data for stations
109 * and interfaces in the .add_interface and .sta_add ops.
110 *
18667600
THJ
111 * The driver can't access the queue directly. To dequeue a frame from a
112 * txq, it calls ieee80211_tx_dequeue(). Whenever mac80211 adds a new frame to a
113 * queue, it calls the .wake_tx_queue driver op.
114 *
115 * Drivers can optionally delegate responsibility for scheduling queues to
116 * mac80211, to take advantage of airtime fairness accounting. In this case, to
117 * obtain the next queue to pull frames from, the driver calls
118 * ieee80211_next_txq(). The driver is then expected to return the txq using
119 * ieee80211_return_txq().
ba8c3d6f
FF
120 *
121 * For AP powersave TIM handling, the driver only needs to indicate if it has
122 * buffered packets in the driver specific data structures by calling
123 * ieee80211_sta_set_buffered(). For frames buffered in the ieee80211_txq
124 * struct, mac80211 sets the appropriate TIM PVB bits and calls
125 * .release_buffered_frames().
126 * In that callback the driver is therefore expected to release its own
127 * buffered frames and afterwards also frames from the ieee80211_txq (obtained
128 * via the usual ieee80211_tx_dequeue).
129 */
130
313162d0
PG
131struct device;
132
e100bb64
JB
133/**
134 * enum ieee80211_max_queues - maximum number of queues
135 *
136 * @IEEE80211_MAX_QUEUES: Maximum number of regular device queues.
445ea4e8 137 * @IEEE80211_MAX_QUEUE_MAP: bitmap with maximum queues set
e100bb64
JB
138 */
139enum ieee80211_max_queues {
3a25a8c8 140 IEEE80211_MAX_QUEUES = 16,
445ea4e8 141 IEEE80211_MAX_QUEUE_MAP = BIT(IEEE80211_MAX_QUEUES) - 1,
e100bb64
JB
142};
143
3a25a8c8
JB
144#define IEEE80211_INVAL_HW_QUEUE 0xff
145
4bce22b9
JB
146/**
147 * enum ieee80211_ac_numbers - AC numbers as used in mac80211
148 * @IEEE80211_AC_VO: voice
149 * @IEEE80211_AC_VI: video
150 * @IEEE80211_AC_BE: best effort
151 * @IEEE80211_AC_BK: background
152 */
153enum ieee80211_ac_numbers {
154 IEEE80211_AC_VO = 0,
155 IEEE80211_AC_VI = 1,
156 IEEE80211_AC_BE = 2,
157 IEEE80211_AC_BK = 3,
158};
159
6b301cdf
JB
160/**
161 * struct ieee80211_tx_queue_params - transmit queue configuration
162 *
163 * The information provided in this structure is required for QoS
3330d7be 164 * transmit queue configuration. Cf. IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.29.
6b301cdf 165 *
e37d4dff 166 * @aifs: arbitration interframe space [0..255]
f434b2d1
JB
167 * @cw_min: minimum contention window [a value of the form
168 * 2^n-1 in the range 1..32767]
6b301cdf 169 * @cw_max: maximum contention window [like @cw_min]
3330d7be 170 * @txop: maximum burst time in units of 32 usecs, 0 meaning disabled
908f8d07 171 * @acm: is mandatory admission control required for the access category
9d173fc5 172 * @uapsd: is U-APSD mode enabled for the queue
41cbb0f5
LC
173 * @mu_edca: is the MU EDCA configured
174 * @mu_edca_param_rec: MU EDCA Parameter Record for HE
6b301cdf 175 */
f0706e82 176struct ieee80211_tx_queue_params {
f434b2d1 177 u16 txop;
3330d7be
JB
178 u16 cw_min;
179 u16 cw_max;
f434b2d1 180 u8 aifs;
908f8d07 181 bool acm;
ab13315a 182 bool uapsd;
41cbb0f5
LC
183 bool mu_edca;
184 struct ieee80211_he_mu_edca_param_ac_rec mu_edca_param_rec;
f0706e82
JB
185};
186
f0706e82
JB
187struct ieee80211_low_level_stats {
188 unsigned int dot11ACKFailureCount;
189 unsigned int dot11RTSFailureCount;
190 unsigned int dot11FCSErrorCount;
191 unsigned int dot11RTSSuccessCount;
192};
193
d01a1e65
MK
194/**
195 * enum ieee80211_chanctx_change - change flag for channel context
4bf88530 196 * @IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_WIDTH: The channel width changed
04ecd257 197 * @IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_RX_CHAINS: The number of RX chains changed
164eb02d 198 * @IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_RADAR: radar detection flag changed
73da7d5b
SW
199 * @IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_CHANNEL: switched to another operating channel,
200 * this is used only with channel switching with CSA
21f659bf 201 * @IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_MIN_WIDTH: The min required channel width changed
d01a1e65
MK
202 */
203enum ieee80211_chanctx_change {
4bf88530 204 IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_WIDTH = BIT(0),
04ecd257 205 IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_RX_CHAINS = BIT(1),
164eb02d 206 IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_RADAR = BIT(2),
73da7d5b 207 IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_CHANNEL = BIT(3),
21f659bf 208 IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_MIN_WIDTH = BIT(4),
d01a1e65
MK
209};
210
211/**
212 * struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf - channel context that vifs may be tuned to
213 *
214 * This is the driver-visible part. The ieee80211_chanctx
215 * that contains it is visible in mac80211 only.
216 *
4bf88530 217 * @def: the channel definition
21f659bf 218 * @min_def: the minimum channel definition currently required.
04ecd257
JB
219 * @rx_chains_static: The number of RX chains that must always be
220 * active on the channel to receive MIMO transmissions
221 * @rx_chains_dynamic: The number of RX chains that must be enabled
222 * after RTS/CTS handshake to receive SMPS MIMO transmissions;
5d7fad48 223 * this will always be >= @rx_chains_static.
164eb02d 224 * @radar_enabled: whether radar detection is enabled on this channel.
d01a1e65
MK
225 * @drv_priv: data area for driver use, will always be aligned to
226 * sizeof(void *), size is determined in hw information.
227 */
228struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf {
4bf88530 229 struct cfg80211_chan_def def;
21f659bf 230 struct cfg80211_chan_def min_def;
d01a1e65 231
04ecd257
JB
232 u8 rx_chains_static, rx_chains_dynamic;
233
164eb02d
SW
234 bool radar_enabled;
235
1c06ef98 236 u8 drv_priv[0] __aligned(sizeof(void *));
d01a1e65
MK
237};
238
1a5f0c13
LC
239/**
240 * enum ieee80211_chanctx_switch_mode - channel context switch mode
241 * @CHANCTX_SWMODE_REASSIGN_VIF: Both old and new contexts already
242 * exist (and will continue to exist), but the virtual interface
243 * needs to be switched from one to the other.
244 * @CHANCTX_SWMODE_SWAP_CONTEXTS: The old context exists but will stop
245 * to exist with this call, the new context doesn't exist but
246 * will be active after this call, the virtual interface switches
247 * from the old to the new (note that the driver may of course
248 * implement this as an on-the-fly chandef switch of the existing
249 * hardware context, but the mac80211 pointer for the old context
250 * will cease to exist and only the new one will later be used
251 * for changes/removal.)
252 */
253enum ieee80211_chanctx_switch_mode {
254 CHANCTX_SWMODE_REASSIGN_VIF,
255 CHANCTX_SWMODE_SWAP_CONTEXTS,
256};
257
258/**
259 * struct ieee80211_vif_chanctx_switch - vif chanctx switch information
260 *
261 * This is structure is used to pass information about a vif that
262 * needs to switch from one chanctx to another. The
263 * &ieee80211_chanctx_switch_mode defines how the switch should be
264 * done.
265 *
266 * @vif: the vif that should be switched from old_ctx to new_ctx
267 * @old_ctx: the old context to which the vif was assigned
268 * @new_ctx: the new context to which the vif must be assigned
269 */
270struct ieee80211_vif_chanctx_switch {
271 struct ieee80211_vif *vif;
272 struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf *old_ctx;
273 struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf *new_ctx;
274};
275
471b3efd
JB
276/**
277 * enum ieee80211_bss_change - BSS change notification flags
278 *
279 * These flags are used with the bss_info_changed() callback
280 * to indicate which BSS parameter changed.
281 *
282 * @BSS_CHANGED_ASSOC: association status changed (associated/disassociated),
283 * also implies a change in the AID.
284 * @BSS_CHANGED_ERP_CTS_PROT: CTS protection changed
285 * @BSS_CHANGED_ERP_PREAMBLE: preamble changed
9f1ba906 286 * @BSS_CHANGED_ERP_SLOT: slot timing changed
38668c05 287 * @BSS_CHANGED_HT: 802.11n parameters changed
96dd22ac 288 * @BSS_CHANGED_BASIC_RATES: Basic rateset changed
57c4d7b4 289 * @BSS_CHANGED_BEACON_INT: Beacon interval changed
2d0ddec5
JB
290 * @BSS_CHANGED_BSSID: BSSID changed, for whatever
291 * reason (IBSS and managed mode)
292 * @BSS_CHANGED_BEACON: Beacon data changed, retrieve
293 * new beacon (beaconing modes)
294 * @BSS_CHANGED_BEACON_ENABLED: Beaconing should be
295 * enabled/disabled (beaconing modes)
a97c13c3 296 * @BSS_CHANGED_CQM: Connection quality monitor config changed
8fc214ba 297 * @BSS_CHANGED_IBSS: IBSS join status changed
68542962 298 * @BSS_CHANGED_ARP_FILTER: Hardware ARP filter address list or state changed.
4ced3f74
JB
299 * @BSS_CHANGED_QOS: QoS for this association was enabled/disabled. Note
300 * that it is only ever disabled for station mode.
7da7cc1d 301 * @BSS_CHANGED_IDLE: Idle changed for this BSS/interface.
0ca54f6c 302 * @BSS_CHANGED_SSID: SSID changed for this BSS (AP and IBSS mode)
02945821 303 * @BSS_CHANGED_AP_PROBE_RESP: Probe Response changed for this BSS (AP mode)
ab095877 304 * @BSS_CHANGED_PS: PS changed for this BSS (STA mode)
1ea6f9c0 305 * @BSS_CHANGED_TXPOWER: TX power setting changed for this interface
488dd7b5 306 * @BSS_CHANGED_P2P_PS: P2P powersave settings (CTWindow, opportunistic PS)
52cfa1d6 307 * changed
989c6505
AB
308 * @BSS_CHANGED_BEACON_INFO: Data from the AP's beacon became available:
309 * currently dtim_period only is under consideration.
2c9b7359
JB
310 * @BSS_CHANGED_BANDWIDTH: The bandwidth used by this interface changed,
311 * note that this is only called when it changes after the channel
312 * context had been assigned.
239281f8 313 * @BSS_CHANGED_OCB: OCB join status changed
23a1f8d4 314 * @BSS_CHANGED_MU_GROUPS: VHT MU-MIMO group id or user position changed
e38a017b
AS
315 * @BSS_CHANGED_KEEP_ALIVE: keep alive options (idle period or protected
316 * keep alive) changed.
dcbe73ca 317 * @BSS_CHANGED_MCAST_RATE: Multicast Rate setting changed for this interface
bc847970
PKC
318 * @BSS_CHANGED_FTM_RESPONDER: fime timing reasurement request responder
319 * functionality changed for this BSS (AP mode).
dcbe73ca 320 *
471b3efd
JB
321 */
322enum ieee80211_bss_change {
323 BSS_CHANGED_ASSOC = 1<<0,
324 BSS_CHANGED_ERP_CTS_PROT = 1<<1,
325 BSS_CHANGED_ERP_PREAMBLE = 1<<2,
9f1ba906 326 BSS_CHANGED_ERP_SLOT = 1<<3,
a7ce1c94 327 BSS_CHANGED_HT = 1<<4,
96dd22ac 328 BSS_CHANGED_BASIC_RATES = 1<<5,
57c4d7b4 329 BSS_CHANGED_BEACON_INT = 1<<6,
2d0ddec5
JB
330 BSS_CHANGED_BSSID = 1<<7,
331 BSS_CHANGED_BEACON = 1<<8,
332 BSS_CHANGED_BEACON_ENABLED = 1<<9,
a97c13c3 333 BSS_CHANGED_CQM = 1<<10,
8fc214ba 334 BSS_CHANGED_IBSS = 1<<11,
68542962 335 BSS_CHANGED_ARP_FILTER = 1<<12,
4ced3f74 336 BSS_CHANGED_QOS = 1<<13,
7da7cc1d 337 BSS_CHANGED_IDLE = 1<<14,
7827493b 338 BSS_CHANGED_SSID = 1<<15,
02945821 339 BSS_CHANGED_AP_PROBE_RESP = 1<<16,
ab095877 340 BSS_CHANGED_PS = 1<<17,
1ea6f9c0 341 BSS_CHANGED_TXPOWER = 1<<18,
488dd7b5 342 BSS_CHANGED_P2P_PS = 1<<19,
989c6505 343 BSS_CHANGED_BEACON_INFO = 1<<20,
2c9b7359 344 BSS_CHANGED_BANDWIDTH = 1<<21,
239281f8 345 BSS_CHANGED_OCB = 1<<22,
23a1f8d4 346 BSS_CHANGED_MU_GROUPS = 1<<23,
e38a017b 347 BSS_CHANGED_KEEP_ALIVE = 1<<24,
dcbe73ca 348 BSS_CHANGED_MCAST_RATE = 1<<25,
bc847970 349 BSS_CHANGED_FTM_RESPONDER = 1<<26,
ac8dd506
JB
350
351 /* when adding here, make sure to change ieee80211_reconfig */
471b3efd
JB
352};
353
68542962
JO
354/*
355 * The maximum number of IPv4 addresses listed for ARP filtering. If the number
356 * of addresses for an interface increase beyond this value, hardware ARP
357 * filtering will be disabled.
358 */
359#define IEEE80211_BSS_ARP_ADDR_LIST_LEN 4
360
615f7b9b 361/**
a8182929
EG
362 * enum ieee80211_event_type - event to be notified to the low level driver
363 * @RSSI_EVENT: AP's rssi crossed the a threshold set by the driver.
a9409093 364 * @MLME_EVENT: event related to MLME
6382246e 365 * @BAR_RX_EVENT: a BAR was received
b497de63
EG
366 * @BA_FRAME_TIMEOUT: Frames were released from the reordering buffer because
367 * they timed out. This won't be called for each frame released, but only
368 * once each time the timeout triggers.
615f7b9b 369 */
a8182929
EG
370enum ieee80211_event_type {
371 RSSI_EVENT,
a9409093 372 MLME_EVENT,
6382246e 373 BAR_RX_EVENT,
b497de63 374 BA_FRAME_TIMEOUT,
a8182929
EG
375};
376
377/**
378 * enum ieee80211_rssi_event_data - relevant when event type is %RSSI_EVENT
379 * @RSSI_EVENT_HIGH: AP's rssi went below the threshold set by the driver.
380 * @RSSI_EVENT_LOW: AP's rssi went above the threshold set by the driver.
381 */
382enum ieee80211_rssi_event_data {
615f7b9b
MV
383 RSSI_EVENT_HIGH,
384 RSSI_EVENT_LOW,
385};
386
a8182929 387/**
a839e463 388 * struct ieee80211_rssi_event - data attached to an %RSSI_EVENT
a8182929
EG
389 * @data: See &enum ieee80211_rssi_event_data
390 */
391struct ieee80211_rssi_event {
392 enum ieee80211_rssi_event_data data;
393};
394
a9409093
EG
395/**
396 * enum ieee80211_mlme_event_data - relevant when event type is %MLME_EVENT
397 * @AUTH_EVENT: the MLME operation is authentication
d0d1a12f 398 * @ASSOC_EVENT: the MLME operation is association
a90faa9d
EG
399 * @DEAUTH_RX_EVENT: deauth received..
400 * @DEAUTH_TX_EVENT: deauth sent.
a9409093
EG
401 */
402enum ieee80211_mlme_event_data {
403 AUTH_EVENT,
d0d1a12f 404 ASSOC_EVENT,
a90faa9d
EG
405 DEAUTH_RX_EVENT,
406 DEAUTH_TX_EVENT,
a9409093
EG
407};
408
409/**
410 * enum ieee80211_mlme_event_status - relevant when event type is %MLME_EVENT
411 * @MLME_SUCCESS: the MLME operation completed successfully.
412 * @MLME_DENIED: the MLME operation was denied by the peer.
413 * @MLME_TIMEOUT: the MLME operation timed out.
414 */
415enum ieee80211_mlme_event_status {
416 MLME_SUCCESS,
417 MLME_DENIED,
418 MLME_TIMEOUT,
419};
420
421/**
a839e463 422 * struct ieee80211_mlme_event - data attached to an %MLME_EVENT
a9409093
EG
423 * @data: See &enum ieee80211_mlme_event_data
424 * @status: See &enum ieee80211_mlme_event_status
425 * @reason: the reason code if applicable
426 */
427struct ieee80211_mlme_event {
428 enum ieee80211_mlme_event_data data;
429 enum ieee80211_mlme_event_status status;
430 u16 reason;
431};
432
6382246e
EG
433/**
434 * struct ieee80211_ba_event - data attached for BlockAck related events
435 * @sta: pointer to the &ieee80211_sta to which this event relates
436 * @tid: the tid
b497de63 437 * @ssn: the starting sequence number (for %BAR_RX_EVENT)
6382246e
EG
438 */
439struct ieee80211_ba_event {
440 struct ieee80211_sta *sta;
441 u16 tid;
442 u16 ssn;
443};
444
a8182929
EG
445/**
446 * struct ieee80211_event - event to be sent to the driver
a839e463 447 * @type: The event itself. See &enum ieee80211_event_type.
a8182929 448 * @rssi: relevant if &type is %RSSI_EVENT
a9409093 449 * @mlme: relevant if &type is %AUTH_EVENT
b497de63 450 * @ba: relevant if &type is %BAR_RX_EVENT or %BA_FRAME_TIMEOUT
6382246e 451 * @u:union holding the fields above
a8182929
EG
452 */
453struct ieee80211_event {
454 enum ieee80211_event_type type;
455 union {
456 struct ieee80211_rssi_event rssi;
a9409093 457 struct ieee80211_mlme_event mlme;
6382246e 458 struct ieee80211_ba_event ba;
a8182929
EG
459 } u;
460};
461
23a1f8d4
SS
462/**
463 * struct ieee80211_mu_group_data - STA's VHT MU-MIMO group data
464 *
465 * This structure describes the group id data of VHT MU-MIMO
466 *
467 * @membership: 64 bits array - a bit is set if station is member of the group
468 * @position: 2 bits per group id indicating the position in the group
469 */
470struct ieee80211_mu_group_data {
471 u8 membership[WLAN_MEMBERSHIP_LEN];
472 u8 position[WLAN_USER_POSITION_LEN];
473};
474
bc847970 475/**
3453de98 476 * struct ieee80211_ftm_responder_params - FTM responder parameters
bc847970
PKC
477 *
478 * @lci: LCI subelement content
479 * @civicloc: CIVIC location subelement content
480 * @lci_len: LCI data length
481 * @civicloc_len: Civic data length
482 */
483struct ieee80211_ftm_responder_params {
484 const u8 *lci;
485 const u8 *civicloc;
486 size_t lci_len;
487 size_t civicloc_len;
488};
489
471b3efd
JB
490/**
491 * struct ieee80211_bss_conf - holds the BSS's changing parameters
492 *
493 * This structure keeps information about a BSS (and an association
494 * to that BSS) that can change during the lifetime of the BSS.
495 *
41cbb0f5
LC
496 * @bss_color: 6-bit value to mark inter-BSS frame, if BSS supports HE
497 * @htc_trig_based_pkt_ext: default PE in 4us units, if BSS supports HE
498 * @multi_sta_back_32bit: supports BA bitmap of 32-bits in Multi-STA BACK
499 * @uora_exists: is the UORA element advertised by AP
500 * @ack_enabled: indicates support to receive a multi-TID that solicits either
501 * ACK, BACK or both
502 * @uora_ocw_range: UORA element's OCW Range field
503 * @frame_time_rts_th: HE duration RTS threshold, in units of 32us
504 * @he_support: does this BSS support HE
55ebd6e6
EG
505 * @twt_requester: does this BSS support TWT requester (relevant for managed
506 * mode only, set if the AP advertises TWT responder role)
471b3efd 507 * @assoc: association status
8fc214ba
JB
508 * @ibss_joined: indicates whether this station is part of an IBSS
509 * or not
c13a765b 510 * @ibss_creator: indicates if a new IBSS network is being created
471b3efd
JB
511 * @aid: association ID number, valid only when @assoc is true
512 * @use_cts_prot: use CTS protection
ea1b2b45
JB
513 * @use_short_preamble: use 802.11b short preamble
514 * @use_short_slot: use short slot time (only relevant for ERP)
56007a02 515 * @dtim_period: num of beacons before the next DTIM, for beaconing,
c65dd147 516 * valid in station mode only if after the driver was notified
989c6505 517 * with the %BSS_CHANGED_BEACON_INFO flag, will be non-zero then.
8c358bcd 518 * @sync_tsf: last beacon's/probe response's TSF timestamp (could be old
ef429dad
JB
519 * as it may have been received during scanning long ago). If the
520 * HW flag %IEEE80211_HW_TIMING_BEACON_ONLY is set, then this can
521 * only come from a beacon, but might not become valid until after
522 * association when a beacon is received (which is notified with the
2ecc3905 523 * %BSS_CHANGED_DTIM flag.). See also sync_dtim_count important notice.
8c358bcd
JB
524 * @sync_device_ts: the device timestamp corresponding to the sync_tsf,
525 * the driver/device can use this to calculate synchronisation
2ecc3905 526 * (see @sync_tsf). See also sync_dtim_count important notice.
ef429dad
JB
527 * @sync_dtim_count: Only valid when %IEEE80211_HW_TIMING_BEACON_ONLY
528 * is requested, see @sync_tsf/@sync_device_ts.
2ecc3905
AB
529 * IMPORTANT: These three sync_* parameters would possibly be out of sync
530 * by the time the driver will use them. The synchronized view is currently
531 * guaranteed only in certain callbacks.
21c0cbe7 532 * @beacon_int: beacon interval
98f7dfd8 533 * @assoc_capability: capabilities taken from assoc resp
96dd22ac
JB
534 * @basic_rates: bitmap of basic rates, each bit stands for an
535 * index into the rate table configured by the driver in
536 * the current band.
817cee76 537 * @beacon_rate: associated AP's beacon TX rate
dd5b4cc7 538 * @mcast_rate: per-band multicast rate index + 1 (0: disabled)
2d0ddec5
JB
539 * @bssid: The BSSID for this BSS
540 * @enable_beacon: whether beaconing should be enabled or not
4bf88530
JB
541 * @chandef: Channel definition for this BSS -- the hardware might be
542 * configured a higher bandwidth than this BSS uses, for example.
23a1f8d4 543 * @mu_group: VHT MU-MIMO group membership data
074d46d1 544 * @ht_operation_mode: HT operation mode like in &struct ieee80211_ht_operation.
22f66895
AA
545 * This field is only valid when the channel is a wide HT/VHT channel.
546 * Note that with TDLS this can be the case (channel is HT, protection must
547 * be used from this field) even when the BSS association isn't using HT.
a97c13c3 548 * @cqm_rssi_thold: Connection quality monitor RSSI threshold, a zero value
e86abc68
JB
549 * implies disabled. As with the cfg80211 callback, a change here should
550 * cause an event to be sent indicating where the current value is in
551 * relation to the newly configured threshold.
2c3c5f8c
AZ
552 * @cqm_rssi_low: Connection quality monitor RSSI lower threshold, a zero value
553 * implies disabled. This is an alternative mechanism to the single
554 * threshold event and can't be enabled simultaneously with it.
555 * @cqm_rssi_high: Connection quality monitor RSSI upper threshold.
a97c13c3 556 * @cqm_rssi_hyst: Connection quality monitor RSSI hysteresis
68542962
JO
557 * @arp_addr_list: List of IPv4 addresses for hardware ARP filtering. The
558 * may filter ARP queries targeted for other addresses than listed here.
559 * The driver must allow ARP queries targeted for all address listed here
560 * to pass through. An empty list implies no ARP queries need to pass.
0f19b41e
JB
561 * @arp_addr_cnt: Number of addresses currently on the list. Note that this
562 * may be larger than %IEEE80211_BSS_ARP_ADDR_LIST_LEN (the arp_addr_list
563 * array size), it's up to the driver what to do in that case.
4ced3f74 564 * @qos: This is a QoS-enabled BSS.
7da7cc1d
JB
565 * @idle: This interface is idle. There's also a global idle flag in the
566 * hardware config which may be more appropriate depending on what
567 * your driver/device needs to do.
ab095877
EP
568 * @ps: power-save mode (STA only). This flag is NOT affected by
569 * offchannel/dynamic_ps operations.
0ca54f6c 570 * @ssid: The SSID of the current vif. Valid in AP and IBSS mode.
7827493b
AN
571 * @ssid_len: Length of SSID given in @ssid.
572 * @hidden_ssid: The SSID of the current vif is hidden. Only valid in AP-mode.
1ea6f9c0 573 * @txpower: TX power in dBm
db82d8a9
LB
574 * @txpower_type: TX power adjustment used to control per packet Transmit
575 * Power Control (TPC) in lower driver for the current vif. In particular
576 * TPC is enabled if value passed in %txpower_type is
577 * NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED (allow using less than specified from
578 * userspace), whereas TPC is disabled if %txpower_type is set to
579 * NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED (use value configured from userspace)
67baf663 580 * @p2p_noa_attr: P2P NoA attribute for P2P powersave
52cfa1d6
AB
581 * @allow_p2p_go_ps: indication for AP or P2P GO interface, whether it's allowed
582 * to use P2P PS mechanism or not. AP/P2P GO is not allowed to use P2P PS
583 * if it has associated clients without P2P PS support.
e38a017b
AS
584 * @max_idle_period: the time period during which the station can refrain from
585 * transmitting frames to its associated AP without being disassociated.
586 * In units of 1000 TUs. Zero value indicates that the AP did not include
587 * a (valid) BSS Max Idle Period Element.
588 * @protected_keep_alive: if set, indicates that the station should send an RSN
589 * protected frame to the AP to reset the idle timer at the AP for the
590 * station.
bc847970
PKC
591 * @ftm_responder: whether to enable or disable fine timing measurement FTM
592 * responder functionality.
593 * @ftmr_params: configurable lci/civic parameter when enabling FTM responder.
78ac51f8
SS
594 * @nontransmitted: this BSS is a nontransmitted BSS profile
595 * @transmitter_bssid: the address of transmitter AP
596 * @bssid_index: index inside the multiple BSSID set
597 * @bssid_indicator: 2^bssid_indicator is the maximum number of APs in set
598 * @ema_ap: AP supports enhancements of discovery and advertisement of
599 * nontransmitted BSSIDs
600 * @profile_periodicity: the least number of beacon frames need to be received
601 * in order to discover all the nontransmitted BSSIDs in the set.
471b3efd
JB
602 */
603struct ieee80211_bss_conf {
2d0ddec5 604 const u8 *bssid;
41cbb0f5
LC
605 u8 bss_color;
606 u8 htc_trig_based_pkt_ext;
607 bool multi_sta_back_32bit;
608 bool uora_exists;
609 bool ack_enabled;
610 u8 uora_ocw_range;
611 u16 frame_time_rts_th;
612 bool he_support;
55ebd6e6 613 bool twt_requester;
471b3efd 614 /* association related data */
8fc214ba 615 bool assoc, ibss_joined;
c13a765b 616 bool ibss_creator;
471b3efd
JB
617 u16 aid;
618 /* erp related data */
619 bool use_cts_prot;
620 bool use_short_preamble;
9f1ba906 621 bool use_short_slot;
2d0ddec5 622 bool enable_beacon;
98f7dfd8 623 u8 dtim_period;
21c0cbe7
TW
624 u16 beacon_int;
625 u16 assoc_capability;
8c358bcd
JB
626 u64 sync_tsf;
627 u32 sync_device_ts;
ef429dad 628 u8 sync_dtim_count;
881d948c 629 u32 basic_rates;
817cee76 630 struct ieee80211_rate *beacon_rate;
57fbcce3 631 int mcast_rate[NUM_NL80211_BANDS];
9ed6bcce 632 u16 ht_operation_mode;
a97c13c3
JO
633 s32 cqm_rssi_thold;
634 u32 cqm_rssi_hyst;
2c3c5f8c
AZ
635 s32 cqm_rssi_low;
636 s32 cqm_rssi_high;
4bf88530 637 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef;
23a1f8d4 638 struct ieee80211_mu_group_data mu_group;
68542962 639 __be32 arp_addr_list[IEEE80211_BSS_ARP_ADDR_LIST_LEN];
0f19b41e 640 int arp_addr_cnt;
4ced3f74 641 bool qos;
7da7cc1d 642 bool idle;
ab095877 643 bool ps;
7827493b
AN
644 u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN];
645 size_t ssid_len;
646 bool hidden_ssid;
1ea6f9c0 647 int txpower;
db82d8a9 648 enum nl80211_tx_power_setting txpower_type;
67baf663 649 struct ieee80211_p2p_noa_attr p2p_noa_attr;
52cfa1d6 650 bool allow_p2p_go_ps;
e38a017b
AS
651 u16 max_idle_period;
652 bool protected_keep_alive;
bc847970
PKC
653 bool ftm_responder;
654 struct ieee80211_ftm_responder_params *ftmr_params;
78ac51f8
SS
655 /* Multiple BSSID data */
656 bool nontransmitted;
657 u8 transmitter_bssid[ETH_ALEN];
658 u8 bssid_index;
659 u8 bssid_indicator;
660 bool ema_ap;
661 u8 profile_periodicity;
471b3efd
JB
662};
663
11f4b1ce 664/**
af61a165 665 * enum mac80211_tx_info_flags - flags to describe transmission information/status
e039fa4a 666 *
6ef307bc 667 * These flags are used with the @flags member of &ieee80211_tx_info.
e039fa4a 668 *
7351c6bd 669 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_REQ_TX_STATUS: require TX status callback for this frame.
e6a9854b
JB
670 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_ASSIGN_SEQ: The driver has to assign a sequence
671 * number to this frame, taking care of not overwriting the fragment
672 * number and increasing the sequence number only when the
673 * IEEE80211_TX_CTL_FIRST_FRAGMENT flag is set. mac80211 will properly
674 * assign sequence numbers to QoS-data frames but cannot do so correctly
675 * for non-QoS-data and management frames because beacons need them from
676 * that counter as well and mac80211 cannot guarantee proper sequencing.
677 * If this flag is set, the driver should instruct the hardware to
678 * assign a sequence number to the frame or assign one itself. Cf. IEEE
679 * 802.11-2007 7.1.3.4.1 paragraph 3. This flag will always be set for
680 * beacons and always be clear for frames without a sequence number field.
e039fa4a 681 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_ACK: tell the low level not to wait for an ack
e039fa4a
JB
682 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_CLEAR_PS_FILT: clear powersave filter for destination
683 * station
e039fa4a 684 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_FIRST_FRAGMENT: this is a first fragment of the frame
e039fa4a
JB
685 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_SEND_AFTER_DTIM: send this frame after DTIM beacon
686 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_AMPDU: this frame should be sent as part of an A-MPDU
e6a9854b 687 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_INJECTED: Frame was injected, internal to mac80211.
e039fa4a 688 * @IEEE80211_TX_STAT_TX_FILTERED: The frame was not transmitted
ab5b5342
JB
689 * because the destination STA was in powersave mode. Note that to
690 * avoid race conditions, the filter must be set by the hardware or
691 * firmware upon receiving a frame that indicates that the station
692 * went to sleep (must be done on device to filter frames already on
693 * the queue) and may only be unset after mac80211 gives the OK for
694 * that by setting the IEEE80211_TX_CTL_CLEAR_PS_FILT (see above),
695 * since only then is it guaranteed that no more frames are in the
696 * hardware queue.
e039fa4a
JB
697 * @IEEE80211_TX_STAT_ACK: Frame was acknowledged
698 * @IEEE80211_TX_STAT_AMPDU: The frame was aggregated, so status
699 * is for the whole aggregation.
429a3805
RR
700 * @IEEE80211_TX_STAT_AMPDU_NO_BACK: no block ack was returned,
701 * so consider using block ack request (BAR).
e6a9854b
JB
702 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_RATE_CTRL_PROBE: internal to mac80211, can be
703 * set by rate control algorithms to indicate probe rate, will
704 * be cleared for fragmented frames (except on the last fragment)
6c17b77b
SF
705 * @IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_OFFCHAN_TX_OK: Internal to mac80211. Used to indicate
706 * that a frame can be transmitted while the queues are stopped for
707 * off-channel operation.
cd8ffc80
JB
708 * @IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_NEED_TXPROCESSING: completely internal to mac80211,
709 * used to indicate that a pending frame requires TX processing before
710 * it can be sent out.
8f77f384
JB
711 * @IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_RETRIED: completely internal to mac80211,
712 * used to indicate that a frame was already retried due to PS
3b8d81e0
JB
713 * @IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_DONT_ENCRYPT: completely internal to mac80211,
714 * used to indicate frame should not be encrypted
02f2f1a9
JB
715 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_PS_BUFFER: This frame is a response to a poll
716 * frame (PS-Poll or uAPSD) or a non-bufferable MMPDU and must
717 * be sent although the station is in powersave mode.
ad5351db
JB
718 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_MORE_FRAMES: More frames will be passed to the
719 * transmit function after the current frame, this can be used
720 * by drivers to kick the DMA queue only if unset or when the
721 * queue gets full.
c6fcf6bc
JB
722 * @IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_RETRANSMISSION: This frame is being retransmitted
723 * after TX status because the destination was asleep, it must not
724 * be modified again (no seqno assignment, crypto, etc.)
1672c0e3
JB
725 * @IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_MLME_CONN_TX: This frame was transmitted by the MLME
726 * code for connection establishment, this indicates that its status
727 * should kick the MLME state machine.
026331c4
JM
728 * @IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_NL80211_FRAME_TX: Frame was requested through nl80211
729 * MLME command (internal to mac80211 to figure out whether to send TX
730 * status to user space)
0a56bd0a 731 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_LDPC: tells the driver to use LDPC for this frame
f79d9bad
FF
732 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_STBC: Enables Space-Time Block Coding (STBC) for this
733 * frame and selects the maximum number of streams that it can use.
610dbc98
JB
734 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_TX_OFFCHAN: Marks this packet to be transmitted on
735 * the off-channel channel when a remain-on-channel offload is done
736 * in hardware -- normal packets still flow and are expected to be
737 * handled properly by the device.
681d1190
JM
738 * @IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_TKIP_MIC_FAILURE: Marks this packet to be used for TKIP
739 * testing. It will be sent out with incorrect Michael MIC key to allow
740 * TKIP countermeasures to be tested.
aad14ceb
RM
741 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_CCK_RATE: This frame will be sent at non CCK rate.
742 * This flag is actually used for management frame especially for P2P
743 * frames not being sent at CCK rate in 2GHz band.
47086fc5
JB
744 * @IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP: This packet marks the end of service period,
745 * when its status is reported the service period ends. For frames in
746 * an SP that mac80211 transmits, it is already set; for driver frames
deeaee19
JB
747 * the driver may set this flag. It is also used to do the same for
748 * PS-Poll responses.
b6f35301
RM
749 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_USE_MINRATE: This frame will be sent at lowest rate.
750 * This flag is used to send nullfunc frame at minimum rate when
751 * the nullfunc is used for connection monitoring purpose.
a26eb27a
JB
752 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_DONTFRAG: Don't fragment this packet even if it
753 * would be fragmented by size (this is optional, only used for
754 * monitor injection).
5cf16616
SM
755 * @IEEE80211_TX_STAT_NOACK_TRANSMITTED: A frame that was marked with
756 * IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_ACK has been successfully transmitted without
757 * any errors (like issues specific to the driver/HW).
758 * This flag must not be set for frames that don't request no-ack
759 * behaviour with IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_ACK.
eb7d3066
CL
760 *
761 * Note: If you have to add new flags to the enumeration, then don't
762 * forget to update %IEEE80211_TX_TEMPORARY_FLAGS when necessary.
11f4b1ce 763 */
af61a165 764enum mac80211_tx_info_flags {
e039fa4a 765 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_REQ_TX_STATUS = BIT(0),
e6a9854b
JB
766 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_ASSIGN_SEQ = BIT(1),
767 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_ACK = BIT(2),
768 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_CLEAR_PS_FILT = BIT(3),
769 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_FIRST_FRAGMENT = BIT(4),
770 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_SEND_AFTER_DTIM = BIT(5),
771 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_AMPDU = BIT(6),
772 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_INJECTED = BIT(7),
773 IEEE80211_TX_STAT_TX_FILTERED = BIT(8),
774 IEEE80211_TX_STAT_ACK = BIT(9),
775 IEEE80211_TX_STAT_AMPDU = BIT(10),
776 IEEE80211_TX_STAT_AMPDU_NO_BACK = BIT(11),
777 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_RATE_CTRL_PROBE = BIT(12),
6c17b77b 778 IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_OFFCHAN_TX_OK = BIT(13),
cd8ffc80 779 IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_NEED_TXPROCESSING = BIT(14),
8f77f384 780 IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_RETRIED = BIT(15),
3b8d81e0 781 IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_DONT_ENCRYPT = BIT(16),
02f2f1a9 782 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_PS_BUFFER = BIT(17),
ad5351db 783 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_MORE_FRAMES = BIT(18),
c6fcf6bc 784 IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_RETRANSMISSION = BIT(19),
1672c0e3 785 IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_MLME_CONN_TX = BIT(20),
026331c4 786 IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_NL80211_FRAME_TX = BIT(21),
0a56bd0a 787 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_LDPC = BIT(22),
f79d9bad 788 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_STBC = BIT(23) | BIT(24),
21f83589 789 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_TX_OFFCHAN = BIT(25),
681d1190 790 IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_TKIP_MIC_FAILURE = BIT(26),
aad14ceb 791 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_CCK_RATE = BIT(27),
47086fc5 792 IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP = BIT(28),
b6f35301 793 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_USE_MINRATE = BIT(29),
a26eb27a 794 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_DONTFRAG = BIT(30),
5cf16616 795 IEEE80211_TX_STAT_NOACK_TRANSMITTED = BIT(31),
11f4b1ce
RR
796};
797
abe37c4b
JB
798#define IEEE80211_TX_CTL_STBC_SHIFT 23
799
af61a165
JB
800/**
801 * enum mac80211_tx_control_flags - flags to describe transmit control
802 *
803 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_PORT_CTRL_PROTO: this frame is a port control
804 * protocol frame (e.g. EAP)
6b127c71
SM
805 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_PS_RESPONSE: This frame is a response to a poll
806 * frame (PS-Poll or uAPSD).
dfdfc2be 807 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_RATE_INJECT: This frame is injected with rate information
6e0456b5 808 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_AMSDU: This frame is an A-MSDU frame
bb42f2d1 809 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_FAST_XMIT: This frame is going through the fast_xmit path
af61a165
JB
810 *
811 * These flags are used in tx_info->control.flags.
812 */
813enum mac80211_tx_control_flags {
814 IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_PORT_CTRL_PROTO = BIT(0),
6b127c71 815 IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_PS_RESPONSE = BIT(1),
dfdfc2be 816 IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_RATE_INJECT = BIT(2),
6e0456b5 817 IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_AMSDU = BIT(3),
bb42f2d1 818 IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_FAST_XMIT = BIT(4),
af61a165
JB
819};
820
eb7d3066
CL
821/*
822 * This definition is used as a mask to clear all temporary flags, which are
823 * set by the tx handlers for each transmission attempt by the mac80211 stack.
824 */
825#define IEEE80211_TX_TEMPORARY_FLAGS (IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_ACK | \
826 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_CLEAR_PS_FILT | IEEE80211_TX_CTL_FIRST_FRAGMENT | \
827 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_SEND_AFTER_DTIM | IEEE80211_TX_CTL_AMPDU | \
828 IEEE80211_TX_STAT_TX_FILTERED | IEEE80211_TX_STAT_ACK | \
829 IEEE80211_TX_STAT_AMPDU | IEEE80211_TX_STAT_AMPDU_NO_BACK | \
02f2f1a9 830 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_RATE_CTRL_PROBE | IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_PS_BUFFER | \
eb7d3066 831 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_MORE_FRAMES | IEEE80211_TX_CTL_LDPC | \
47086fc5 832 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_STBC | IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP)
eb7d3066 833
2134e7e7
S
834/**
835 * enum mac80211_rate_control_flags - per-rate flags set by the
836 * Rate Control algorithm.
837 *
838 * These flags are set by the Rate control algorithm for each rate during tx,
839 * in the @flags member of struct ieee80211_tx_rate.
840 *
841 * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_USE_RTS_CTS: Use RTS/CTS exchange for this rate.
842 * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_USE_CTS_PROTECT: CTS-to-self protection is required.
843 * This is set if the current BSS requires ERP protection.
844 * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_USE_SHORT_PREAMBLE: Use short preamble.
845 * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_MCS: HT rate.
8bc83c24
JB
846 * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_VHT_MCS: VHT MCS rate, in this case the idx field is split
847 * into a higher 4 bits (Nss) and lower 4 bits (MCS number)
2134e7e7
S
848 * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_GREEN_FIELD: Indicates whether this rate should be used in
849 * Greenfield mode.
850 * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_40_MHZ_WIDTH: Indicates if the Channel Width should be 40 MHz.
8bc83c24
JB
851 * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_80_MHZ_WIDTH: Indicates 80 MHz transmission
852 * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_160_MHZ_WIDTH: Indicates 160 MHz transmission
853 * (80+80 isn't supported yet)
2134e7e7
S
854 * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_DUP_DATA: The frame should be transmitted on both of the
855 * adjacent 20 MHz channels, if the current channel type is
856 * NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS or NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS.
857 * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_SHORT_GI: Short Guard interval should be used for this rate.
858 */
e6a9854b
JB
859enum mac80211_rate_control_flags {
860 IEEE80211_TX_RC_USE_RTS_CTS = BIT(0),
861 IEEE80211_TX_RC_USE_CTS_PROTECT = BIT(1),
862 IEEE80211_TX_RC_USE_SHORT_PREAMBLE = BIT(2),
863
8bc83c24 864 /* rate index is an HT/VHT MCS instead of an index */
e6a9854b
JB
865 IEEE80211_TX_RC_MCS = BIT(3),
866 IEEE80211_TX_RC_GREEN_FIELD = BIT(4),
867 IEEE80211_TX_RC_40_MHZ_WIDTH = BIT(5),
868 IEEE80211_TX_RC_DUP_DATA = BIT(6),
869 IEEE80211_TX_RC_SHORT_GI = BIT(7),
8bc83c24
JB
870 IEEE80211_TX_RC_VHT_MCS = BIT(8),
871 IEEE80211_TX_RC_80_MHZ_WIDTH = BIT(9),
872 IEEE80211_TX_RC_160_MHZ_WIDTH = BIT(10),
e6a9854b
JB
873};
874
875
876/* there are 40 bytes if you don't need the rateset to be kept */
877#define IEEE80211_TX_INFO_DRIVER_DATA_SIZE 40
8318d78a 878
e6a9854b
JB
879/* if you do need the rateset, then you have less space */
880#define IEEE80211_TX_INFO_RATE_DRIVER_DATA_SIZE 24
1c014420 881
e6a9854b 882/* maximum number of rate stages */
e3e1a0bc 883#define IEEE80211_TX_MAX_RATES 4
870abdf6 884
0d528d85
FF
885/* maximum number of rate table entries */
886#define IEEE80211_TX_RATE_TABLE_SIZE 4
887
870abdf6 888/**
e6a9854b 889 * struct ieee80211_tx_rate - rate selection/status
870abdf6 890 *
e6a9854b
JB
891 * @idx: rate index to attempt to send with
892 * @flags: rate control flags (&enum mac80211_rate_control_flags)
e25cf4a6 893 * @count: number of tries in this rate before going to the next rate
e6a9854b
JB
894 *
895 * A value of -1 for @idx indicates an invalid rate and, if used
896 * in an array of retry rates, that no more rates should be tried.
897 *
898 * When used for transmit status reporting, the driver should
899 * always report the rate along with the flags it used.
c555b9b3
JB
900 *
901 * &struct ieee80211_tx_info contains an array of these structs
902 * in the control information, and it will be filled by the rate
903 * control algorithm according to what should be sent. For example,
904 * if this array contains, in the format { <idx>, <count> } the
b4f7f4ad
JN
905 * information::
906 *
c555b9b3 907 * { 3, 2 }, { 2, 2 }, { 1, 4 }, { -1, 0 }, { -1, 0 }
b4f7f4ad 908 *
c555b9b3
JB
909 * then this means that the frame should be transmitted
910 * up to twice at rate 3, up to twice at rate 2, and up to four
911 * times at rate 1 if it doesn't get acknowledged. Say it gets
912 * acknowledged by the peer after the fifth attempt, the status
b4f7f4ad
JN
913 * information should then contain::
914 *
c555b9b3 915 * { 3, 2 }, { 2, 2 }, { 1, 1 }, { -1, 0 } ...
b4f7f4ad 916 *
c555b9b3
JB
917 * since it was transmitted twice at rate 3, twice at rate 2
918 * and once at rate 1 after which we received an acknowledgement.
870abdf6 919 */
e6a9854b
JB
920struct ieee80211_tx_rate {
921 s8 idx;
8bc83c24
JB
922 u16 count:5,
923 flags:11;
3f30fc15 924} __packed;
870abdf6 925
8bc83c24
JB
926#define IEEE80211_MAX_TX_RETRY 31
927
928static inline void ieee80211_rate_set_vht(struct ieee80211_tx_rate *rate,
929 u8 mcs, u8 nss)
930{
931 WARN_ON(mcs & ~0xF);
6bc8312f
KB
932 WARN_ON((nss - 1) & ~0x7);
933 rate->idx = ((nss - 1) << 4) | mcs;
8bc83c24
JB
934}
935
936static inline u8
937ieee80211_rate_get_vht_mcs(const struct ieee80211_tx_rate *rate)
938{
939 return rate->idx & 0xF;
940}
941
942static inline u8
943ieee80211_rate_get_vht_nss(const struct ieee80211_tx_rate *rate)
944{
6bc8312f 945 return (rate->idx >> 4) + 1;
8bc83c24
JB
946}
947
e039fa4a
JB
948/**
949 * struct ieee80211_tx_info - skb transmit information
950 *
951 * This structure is placed in skb->cb for three uses:
952 * (1) mac80211 TX control - mac80211 tells the driver what to do
953 * (2) driver internal use (if applicable)
954 * (3) TX status information - driver tells mac80211 what happened
955 *
956 * @flags: transmit info flags, defined above
e6a9854b 957 * @band: the band to transmit on (use for checking for races)
3a25a8c8 958 * @hw_queue: HW queue to put the frame on, skb_get_queue_mapping() gives the AC
a729cff8 959 * @ack_frame_id: internal frame ID for TX status, used internally
7d419463
JB
960 * @control: union part for control data
961 * @control.rates: TX rates array to try
962 * @control.rts_cts_rate_idx: rate for RTS or CTS
963 * @control.use_rts: use RTS
964 * @control.use_cts_prot: use RTS/CTS
965 * @control.short_preamble: use short preamble (CCK only)
966 * @control.skip_table: skip externally configured rate table
967 * @control.jiffies: timestamp for expiry on powersave clients
968 * @control.vif: virtual interface (may be NULL)
969 * @control.hw_key: key to encrypt with (may be NULL)
970 * @control.flags: control flags, see &enum mac80211_tx_control_flags
971 * @control.enqueue_time: enqueue time (for iTXQs)
972 * @driver_rates: alias to @control.rates to reserve space
973 * @pad: padding
974 * @rate_driver_data: driver use area if driver needs @control.rates
975 * @status: union part for status data
976 * @status.rates: attempted rates
977 * @status.ack_signal: ACK signal
978 * @status.ampdu_ack_len: AMPDU ack length
979 * @status.ampdu_len: AMPDU length
980 * @status.antenna: (legacy, kept only for iwlegacy)
981 * @status.tx_time: airtime consumed for transmission
982 * @status.is_valid_ack_signal: ACK signal is valid
983 * @status.status_driver_data: driver use area
984 * @ack: union part for pure ACK data
985 * @ack.cookie: cookie for the ACK
6ef307bc 986 * @driver_data: array of driver_data pointers
599bf6a4 987 * @ampdu_ack_len: number of acked aggregated frames.
93d95b12 988 * relevant only if IEEE80211_TX_STAT_AMPDU was set.
599bf6a4 989 * @ampdu_len: number of aggregated frames.
93d95b12 990 * relevant only if IEEE80211_TX_STAT_AMPDU was set.
e039fa4a 991 * @ack_signal: signal strength of the ACK frame
1c014420 992 */
e039fa4a
JB
993struct ieee80211_tx_info {
994 /* common information */
995 u32 flags;
996 u8 band;
e6a9854b 997
3a25a8c8 998 u8 hw_queue;
2e92e6f2 999
a729cff8 1000 u16 ack_frame_id;
e039fa4a
JB
1001
1002 union {
1003 struct {
e6a9854b
JB
1004 union {
1005 /* rate control */
1006 struct {
1007 struct ieee80211_tx_rate rates[
1008 IEEE80211_TX_MAX_RATES];
1009 s8 rts_cts_rate_idx;
991fec09
FF
1010 u8 use_rts:1;
1011 u8 use_cts_prot:1;
0d528d85
FF
1012 u8 short_preamble:1;
1013 u8 skip_table:1;
991fec09 1014 /* 2 bytes free */
e6a9854b
JB
1015 };
1016 /* only needed before rate control */
1017 unsigned long jiffies;
1018 };
25d834e1 1019 /* NB: vif can be NULL for injected frames */
53168215 1020 struct ieee80211_vif *vif;
e039fa4a 1021 struct ieee80211_key_conf *hw_key;
af61a165 1022 u32 flags;
53168215 1023 codel_time_t enqueue_time;
e039fa4a 1024 } control;
3b79af97
JB
1025 struct {
1026 u64 cookie;
1027 } ack;
e039fa4a 1028 struct {
e6a9854b 1029 struct ieee80211_tx_rate rates[IEEE80211_TX_MAX_RATES];
a0f995a5 1030 s32 ack_signal;
e3e1a0bc 1031 u8 ampdu_ack_len;
599bf6a4 1032 u8 ampdu_len;
d748b464 1033 u8 antenna;
02219b3a 1034 u16 tx_time;
a78b26ff 1035 bool is_valid_ack_signal;
02219b3a 1036 void *status_driver_data[19 / sizeof(void *)];
e039fa4a 1037 } status;
e6a9854b
JB
1038 struct {
1039 struct ieee80211_tx_rate driver_rates[
1040 IEEE80211_TX_MAX_RATES];
0d528d85
FF
1041 u8 pad[4];
1042
e6a9854b
JB
1043 void *rate_driver_data[
1044 IEEE80211_TX_INFO_RATE_DRIVER_DATA_SIZE / sizeof(void *)];
1045 };
1046 void *driver_data[
1047 IEEE80211_TX_INFO_DRIVER_DATA_SIZE / sizeof(void *)];
e039fa4a 1048 };
f0706e82
JB
1049};
1050
18fb84d9
FF
1051/**
1052 * struct ieee80211_tx_status - extended tx staus info for rate control
1053 *
1054 * @sta: Station that the packet was transmitted for
1055 * @info: Basic tx status information
1056 * @skb: Packet skb (can be NULL if not provided by the driver)
1057 */
1058struct ieee80211_tx_status {
1059 struct ieee80211_sta *sta;
1060 struct ieee80211_tx_info *info;
1061 struct sk_buff *skb;
1062};
1063
c56ef672
DS
1064/**
1065 * struct ieee80211_scan_ies - descriptors for different blocks of IEs
1066 *
633e2713
DS
1067 * This structure is used to point to different blocks of IEs in HW scan
1068 * and scheduled scan. These blocks contain the IEs passed by userspace
1069 * and the ones generated by mac80211.
c56ef672
DS
1070 *
1071 * @ies: pointers to band specific IEs.
1072 * @len: lengths of band_specific IEs.
1073 * @common_ies: IEs for all bands (especially vendor specific ones)
1074 * @common_ie_len: length of the common_ies
1075 */
1076struct ieee80211_scan_ies {
57fbcce3
JB
1077 const u8 *ies[NUM_NL80211_BANDS];
1078 size_t len[NUM_NL80211_BANDS];
c56ef672
DS
1079 const u8 *common_ies;
1080 size_t common_ie_len;
1081};
1082
1083
e039fa4a
JB
1084static inline struct ieee80211_tx_info *IEEE80211_SKB_CB(struct sk_buff *skb)
1085{
1086 return (struct ieee80211_tx_info *)skb->cb;
1087}
7ac1bd6a 1088
f1d58c25
JB
1089static inline struct ieee80211_rx_status *IEEE80211_SKB_RXCB(struct sk_buff *skb)
1090{
1091 return (struct ieee80211_rx_status *)skb->cb;
1092}
1093
e6a9854b
JB
1094/**
1095 * ieee80211_tx_info_clear_status - clear TX status
1096 *
1097 * @info: The &struct ieee80211_tx_info to be cleared.
1098 *
1099 * When the driver passes an skb back to mac80211, it must report
1100 * a number of things in TX status. This function clears everything
1101 * in the TX status but the rate control information (it does clear
1102 * the count since you need to fill that in anyway).
1103 *
1104 * NOTE: You can only use this function if you do NOT use
1105 * info->driver_data! Use info->rate_driver_data
1106 * instead if you need only the less space that allows.
1107 */
1108static inline void
1109ieee80211_tx_info_clear_status(struct ieee80211_tx_info *info)
1110{
1111 int i;
1112
1113 BUILD_BUG_ON(offsetof(struct ieee80211_tx_info, status.rates) !=
1114 offsetof(struct ieee80211_tx_info, control.rates));
1115 BUILD_BUG_ON(offsetof(struct ieee80211_tx_info, status.rates) !=
1116 offsetof(struct ieee80211_tx_info, driver_rates));
1117 BUILD_BUG_ON(offsetof(struct ieee80211_tx_info, status.rates) != 8);
1118 /* clear the rate counts */
1119 for (i = 0; i < IEEE80211_TX_MAX_RATES; i++)
1120 info->status.rates[i].count = 0;
1121
1122 BUILD_BUG_ON(
e3e1a0bc 1123 offsetof(struct ieee80211_tx_info, status.ack_signal) != 20);
e6a9854b
JB
1124 memset(&info->status.ampdu_ack_len, 0,
1125 sizeof(struct ieee80211_tx_info) -
1126 offsetof(struct ieee80211_tx_info, status.ampdu_ack_len));
1127}
1128
7ac1bd6a
JB
1129
1130/**
1131 * enum mac80211_rx_flags - receive flags
1132 *
1133 * These flags are used with the @flag member of &struct ieee80211_rx_status.
1134 * @RX_FLAG_MMIC_ERROR: Michael MIC error was reported on this frame.
1135 * Use together with %RX_FLAG_MMIC_STRIPPED.
1136 * @RX_FLAG_DECRYPTED: This frame was decrypted in hardware.
7ac1bd6a
JB
1137 * @RX_FLAG_MMIC_STRIPPED: the Michael MIC is stripped off this frame,
1138 * verification has been done by the hardware.
cef0acd4 1139 * @RX_FLAG_IV_STRIPPED: The IV and ICV are stripped from this frame.
7ac1bd6a
JB
1140 * If this flag is set, the stack cannot do any replay detection
1141 * hence the driver or hardware will have to do that.
981d94a8
JB
1142 * @RX_FLAG_PN_VALIDATED: Currently only valid for CCMP/GCMP frames, this
1143 * flag indicates that the PN was verified for replay protection.
1144 * Note that this flag is also currently only supported when a frame
1145 * is also decrypted (ie. @RX_FLAG_DECRYPTED must be set)
84ea3a18
LB
1146 * @RX_FLAG_DUP_VALIDATED: The driver should set this flag if it did
1147 * de-duplication by itself.
72abd81b
JB
1148 * @RX_FLAG_FAILED_FCS_CRC: Set this flag if the FCS check failed on
1149 * the frame.
1150 * @RX_FLAG_FAILED_PLCP_CRC: Set this flag if the PCLP check failed on
1151 * the frame.
f4bda337 1152 * @RX_FLAG_MACTIME_START: The timestamp passed in the RX status (@mactime
6ebacbb7
JB
1153 * field) is valid and contains the time the first symbol of the MPDU
1154 * was received. This is useful in monitor mode and for proper IBSS
1155 * merging.
f4bda337
TP
1156 * @RX_FLAG_MACTIME_END: The timestamp passed in the RX status (@mactime
1157 * field) is valid and contains the time the last symbol of the MPDU
1158 * (including FCS) was received.
f4a0f0c5
JB
1159 * @RX_FLAG_MACTIME_PLCP_START: The timestamp passed in the RX status (@mactime
1160 * field) is valid and contains the time the SYNC preamble was received.
fe8431f8
FF
1161 * @RX_FLAG_NO_SIGNAL_VAL: The signal strength value is not present.
1162 * Valid only for data frames (mainly A-MPDU)
4c298677
JB
1163 * @RX_FLAG_AMPDU_DETAILS: A-MPDU details are known, in particular the reference
1164 * number (@ampdu_reference) must be populated and be a distinct number for
1165 * each A-MPDU
4c298677
JB
1166 * @RX_FLAG_AMPDU_LAST_KNOWN: last subframe is known, should be set on all
1167 * subframes of a single A-MPDU
1168 * @RX_FLAG_AMPDU_IS_LAST: this subframe is the last subframe of the A-MPDU
1169 * @RX_FLAG_AMPDU_DELIM_CRC_ERROR: A delimiter CRC error has been detected
1170 * on this subframe
1171 * @RX_FLAG_AMPDU_DELIM_CRC_KNOWN: The delimiter CRC field is known (the CRC
1172 * is stored in the @ampdu_delimiter_crc field)
f980ebc0
SS
1173 * @RX_FLAG_MIC_STRIPPED: The mic was stripped of this packet. Decryption was
1174 * done by the hardware
17883048
GB
1175 * @RX_FLAG_ONLY_MONITOR: Report frame only to monitor interfaces without
1176 * processing it in any regular way.
1177 * This is useful if drivers offload some frames but still want to report
1178 * them for sniffing purposes.
1179 * @RX_FLAG_SKIP_MONITOR: Process and report frame to all interfaces except
1180 * monitor interfaces.
1181 * This is useful if drivers offload some frames but still want to report
1182 * them for sniffing purposes.
0cfcefef
MK
1183 * @RX_FLAG_AMSDU_MORE: Some drivers may prefer to report separate A-MSDU
1184 * subframes instead of a one huge frame for performance reasons.
1185 * All, but the last MSDU from an A-MSDU should have this flag set. E.g.
1186 * if an A-MSDU has 3 frames, the first 2 must have the flag set, while
1187 * the 3rd (last) one must not have this flag set. The flag is used to
1188 * deal with retransmission/duplication recovery properly since A-MSDU
1189 * subframes share the same sequence number. Reported subframes can be
1190 * either regular MSDU or singly A-MSDUs. Subframes must not be
1191 * interleaved with other frames.
1f7bba79
JB
1192 * @RX_FLAG_RADIOTAP_VENDOR_DATA: This frame contains vendor-specific
1193 * radiotap data in the skb->data (before the frame) as described by
1194 * the &struct ieee80211_vendor_radiotap.
f631a77b
SS
1195 * @RX_FLAG_ALLOW_SAME_PN: Allow the same PN as same packet before.
1196 * This is used for AMSDU subframes which can have the same PN as
1197 * the first subframe.
cef0acd4
DS
1198 * @RX_FLAG_ICV_STRIPPED: The ICV is stripped from this frame. CRC checking must
1199 * be done in the hardware.
7299d6f7
JB
1200 * @RX_FLAG_AMPDU_EOF_BIT: Value of the EOF bit in the A-MPDU delimiter for this
1201 * frame
1202 * @RX_FLAG_AMPDU_EOF_BIT_KNOWN: The EOF value is known
41cbb0f5
LC
1203 * @RX_FLAG_RADIOTAP_HE: HE radiotap data is present
1204 * (&struct ieee80211_radiotap_he, mac80211 will fill in
7d419463 1205 *
41cbb0f5
LC
1206 * - DATA3_DATA_MCS
1207 * - DATA3_DATA_DCM
1208 * - DATA3_CODING
1209 * - DATA5_GI
1210 * - DATA5_DATA_BW_RU_ALLOC
1211 * - DATA6_NSTS
1212 * - DATA3_STBC
7d419463 1213 *
41cbb0f5
LC
1214 * from the RX info data, so leave those zeroed when building this data)
1215 * @RX_FLAG_RADIOTAP_HE_MU: HE MU radiotap data is present
1216 * (&struct ieee80211_radiotap_he_mu)
d1332e7b 1217 * @RX_FLAG_RADIOTAP_LSIG: L-SIG radiotap data is present
c3d1f875
ST
1218 * @RX_FLAG_NO_PSDU: use the frame only for radiotap reporting, with
1219 * the "0-length PSDU" field included there. The value for it is
1220 * in &struct ieee80211_rx_status. Note that if this value isn't
1221 * known the frame shouldn't be reported.
7ac1bd6a
JB
1222 */
1223enum mac80211_rx_flags {
4c298677
JB
1224 RX_FLAG_MMIC_ERROR = BIT(0),
1225 RX_FLAG_DECRYPTED = BIT(1),
f4a0f0c5 1226 RX_FLAG_MACTIME_PLCP_START = BIT(2),
4c298677
JB
1227 RX_FLAG_MMIC_STRIPPED = BIT(3),
1228 RX_FLAG_IV_STRIPPED = BIT(4),
1229 RX_FLAG_FAILED_FCS_CRC = BIT(5),
1230 RX_FLAG_FAILED_PLCP_CRC = BIT(6),
f4bda337 1231 RX_FLAG_MACTIME_START = BIT(7),
7fdd69c5
JB
1232 RX_FLAG_NO_SIGNAL_VAL = BIT(8),
1233 RX_FLAG_AMPDU_DETAILS = BIT(9),
1234 RX_FLAG_PN_VALIDATED = BIT(10),
1235 RX_FLAG_DUP_VALIDATED = BIT(11),
1236 RX_FLAG_AMPDU_LAST_KNOWN = BIT(12),
1237 RX_FLAG_AMPDU_IS_LAST = BIT(13),
1238 RX_FLAG_AMPDU_DELIM_CRC_ERROR = BIT(14),
1239 RX_FLAG_AMPDU_DELIM_CRC_KNOWN = BIT(15),
1240 RX_FLAG_MACTIME_END = BIT(16),
1241 RX_FLAG_ONLY_MONITOR = BIT(17),
1242 RX_FLAG_SKIP_MONITOR = BIT(18),
1243 RX_FLAG_AMSDU_MORE = BIT(19),
1244 RX_FLAG_RADIOTAP_VENDOR_DATA = BIT(20),
1245 RX_FLAG_MIC_STRIPPED = BIT(21),
1246 RX_FLAG_ALLOW_SAME_PN = BIT(22),
1247 RX_FLAG_ICV_STRIPPED = BIT(23),
7299d6f7
JB
1248 RX_FLAG_AMPDU_EOF_BIT = BIT(24),
1249 RX_FLAG_AMPDU_EOF_BIT_KNOWN = BIT(25),
41cbb0f5
LC
1250 RX_FLAG_RADIOTAP_HE = BIT(26),
1251 RX_FLAG_RADIOTAP_HE_MU = BIT(27),
d1332e7b 1252 RX_FLAG_RADIOTAP_LSIG = BIT(28),
c3d1f875 1253 RX_FLAG_NO_PSDU = BIT(29),
7ac1bd6a
JB
1254};
1255
1b8d242a 1256/**
7fdd69c5 1257 * enum mac80211_rx_encoding_flags - MCS & bandwidth flags
1b8d242a 1258 *
7fdd69c5 1259 * @RX_ENC_FLAG_SHORTPRE: Short preamble was used for this frame
7fdd69c5
JB
1260 * @RX_ENC_FLAG_SHORT_GI: Short guard interval was used
1261 * @RX_ENC_FLAG_HT_GF: This frame was received in a HT-greenfield transmission,
1262 * if the driver fills this value it should add
1263 * %IEEE80211_RADIOTAP_MCS_HAVE_FMT
7d419463 1264 * to @hw.radiotap_mcs_details to advertise that fact.
7fdd69c5
JB
1265 * @RX_ENC_FLAG_LDPC: LDPC was used
1266 * @RX_ENC_FLAG_STBC_MASK: STBC 2 bit bitmask. 1 - Nss=1, 2 - Nss=2, 3 - Nss=3
7fdd69c5 1267 * @RX_ENC_FLAG_BF: packet was beamformed
1b8d242a 1268 */
7fdd69c5
JB
1269enum mac80211_rx_encoding_flags {
1270 RX_ENC_FLAG_SHORTPRE = BIT(0),
da6a4352
JB
1271 RX_ENC_FLAG_SHORT_GI = BIT(2),
1272 RX_ENC_FLAG_HT_GF = BIT(3),
1273 RX_ENC_FLAG_STBC_MASK = BIT(4) | BIT(5),
1274 RX_ENC_FLAG_LDPC = BIT(6),
1275 RX_ENC_FLAG_BF = BIT(7),
1b8d242a
EG
1276};
1277
da6a4352
JB
1278#define RX_ENC_FLAG_STBC_SHIFT 4
1279
1280enum mac80211_rx_encoding {
1281 RX_ENC_LEGACY = 0,
1282 RX_ENC_HT,
1283 RX_ENC_VHT,
41cbb0f5 1284 RX_ENC_HE,
da6a4352 1285};
7fdd69c5 1286
7ac1bd6a
JB
1287/**
1288 * struct ieee80211_rx_status - receive status
1289 *
1290 * The low-level driver should provide this information (the subset
1291 * supported by hardware) to the 802.11 code with each received
f1d58c25 1292 * frame, in the skb's control buffer (cb).
566bfe5a 1293 *
c132bec3
BR
1294 * @mactime: value in microseconds of the 64-bit Time Synchronization Function
1295 * (TSF) timer when the first data symbol (MPDU) arrived at the hardware.
162dd6a7
JB
1296 * @boottime_ns: CLOCK_BOOTTIME timestamp the frame was received at, this is
1297 * needed only for beacons and probe responses that update the scan cache.
8c358bcd
JB
1298 * @device_timestamp: arbitrary timestamp for the device, mac80211 doesn't use
1299 * it but can store it and pass it back to the driver for synchronisation
8318d78a 1300 * @band: the active band when this frame was received
7ac1bd6a 1301 * @freq: frequency the radio was tuned to when receiving this frame, in MHz
4352a4d7
JB
1302 * This field must be set for management frames, but isn't strictly needed
1303 * for data (other) frames - for those it only affects radiotap reporting.
566bfe5a
BR
1304 * @signal: signal strength when receiving this frame, either in dBm, in dB or
1305 * unspecified depending on the hardware capabilities flags
1306 * @IEEE80211_HW_SIGNAL_*
ef0621e8
FF
1307 * @chains: bitmask of receive chains for which separate signal strength
1308 * values were filled.
1309 * @chain_signal: per-chain signal strength, in dBm (unlike @signal, doesn't
1310 * support dB or unspecified units)
7ac1bd6a 1311 * @antenna: antenna used
0fb8ca45 1312 * @rate_idx: index of data rate into band's supported rates or MCS index if
5614618e 1313 * HT or VHT is used (%RX_FLAG_HT/%RX_FLAG_VHT)
8613c948 1314 * @nss: number of streams (VHT and HE only)
b4f7f4ad 1315 * @flag: %RX_FLAG_\*
da6a4352
JB
1316 * @encoding: &enum mac80211_rx_encoding
1317 * @bw: &enum rate_info_bw
7fdd69c5 1318 * @enc_flags: uses bits from &enum mac80211_rx_encoding_flags
41cbb0f5
LC
1319 * @he_ru: HE RU, from &enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc
1320 * @he_gi: HE GI, from &enum nl80211_he_gi
1321 * @he_dcm: HE DCM value
554891e6 1322 * @rx_flags: internal RX flags for mac80211
4c298677
JB
1323 * @ampdu_reference: A-MPDU reference number, must be a different value for
1324 * each A-MPDU but the same for each subframe within one A-MPDU
1325 * @ampdu_delimiter_crc: A-MPDU delimiter CRC
c3d1f875 1326 * @zero_length_psdu_type: radiotap type of the 0-length PSDU
7ac1bd6a 1327 */
f0706e82
JB
1328struct ieee80211_rx_status {
1329 u64 mactime;
162dd6a7 1330 u64 boottime_ns;
8c358bcd 1331 u32 device_timestamp;
4c298677 1332 u32 ampdu_reference;
7fdd69c5 1333 u32 flag;
30f42292 1334 u16 freq;
da6a4352 1335 u8 enc_flags;
41cbb0f5
LC
1336 u8 encoding:2, bw:3, he_ru:3;
1337 u8 he_gi:2, he_dcm:1;
30f42292 1338 u8 rate_idx;
8613c948 1339 u8 nss;
30f42292
JB
1340 u8 rx_flags;
1341 u8 band;
1342 u8 antenna;
1343 s8 signal;
ef0621e8
FF
1344 u8 chains;
1345 s8 chain_signal[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS];
4c298677 1346 u8 ampdu_delimiter_crc;
c3d1f875 1347 u8 zero_length_psdu_type;
f0706e82
JB
1348};
1349
1f7bba79
JB
1350/**
1351 * struct ieee80211_vendor_radiotap - vendor radiotap data information
1352 * @present: presence bitmap for this vendor namespace
1353 * (this could be extended in the future if any vendor needs more
1354 * bits, the radiotap spec does allow for that)
1355 * @align: radiotap vendor namespace alignment. This defines the needed
1356 * alignment for the @data field below, not for the vendor namespace
1357 * description itself (which has a fixed 2-byte alignment)
1358 * Must be a power of two, and be set to at least 1!
1359 * @oui: radiotap vendor namespace OUI
1360 * @subns: radiotap vendor sub namespace
1361 * @len: radiotap vendor sub namespace skip length, if alignment is done
1362 * then that's added to this, i.e. this is only the length of the
1363 * @data field.
1364 * @pad: number of bytes of padding after the @data, this exists so that
1365 * the skb data alignment can be preserved even if the data has odd
1366 * length
1367 * @data: the actual vendor namespace data
1368 *
1369 * This struct, including the vendor data, goes into the skb->data before
1370 * the 802.11 header. It's split up in mac80211 using the align/oui/subns
1371 * data.
1372 */
1373struct ieee80211_vendor_radiotap {
1374 u32 present;
1375 u8 align;
1376 u8 oui[3];
1377 u8 subns;
1378 u8 pad;
1379 u16 len;
1380 u8 data[];
1381} __packed;
1382
6b301cdf
JB
1383/**
1384 * enum ieee80211_conf_flags - configuration flags
1385 *
1386 * Flags to define PHY configuration options
1387 *
0869aea0
JB
1388 * @IEEE80211_CONF_MONITOR: there's a monitor interface present -- use this
1389 * to determine for example whether to calculate timestamps for packets
1390 * or not, do not use instead of filter flags!
c99445b1
KV
1391 * @IEEE80211_CONF_PS: Enable 802.11 power save mode (managed mode only).
1392 * This is the power save mode defined by IEEE 802.11-2007 section 11.2,
1393 * meaning that the hardware still wakes up for beacons, is able to
1394 * transmit frames and receive the possible acknowledgment frames.
1395 * Not to be confused with hardware specific wakeup/sleep states,
1396 * driver is responsible for that. See the section "Powersave support"
1397 * for more.
5cff20e6
JB
1398 * @IEEE80211_CONF_IDLE: The device is running, but idle; if the flag is set
1399 * the driver should be prepared to handle configuration requests but
1400 * may turn the device off as much as possible. Typically, this flag will
1401 * be set when an interface is set UP but not associated or scanning, but
1402 * it can also be unset in that case when monitor interfaces are active.
45521245
FF
1403 * @IEEE80211_CONF_OFFCHANNEL: The device is currently not on its main
1404 * operating channel.
6b301cdf
JB
1405 */
1406enum ieee80211_conf_flags {
0869aea0 1407 IEEE80211_CONF_MONITOR = (1<<0),
ae5eb026 1408 IEEE80211_CONF_PS = (1<<1),
5cff20e6 1409 IEEE80211_CONF_IDLE = (1<<2),
45521245 1410 IEEE80211_CONF_OFFCHANNEL = (1<<3),
6b301cdf 1411};
f0706e82 1412
7a5158ef 1413
e8975581
JB
1414/**
1415 * enum ieee80211_conf_changed - denotes which configuration changed
1416 *
e8975581 1417 * @IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_LISTEN_INTERVAL: the listen interval changed
0869aea0 1418 * @IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_MONITOR: the monitor flag changed
e255d5eb 1419 * @IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_PS: the PS flag or dynamic PS timeout changed
e8975581 1420 * @IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_POWER: the TX power changed
4797938c 1421 * @IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_CHANNEL: the channel/channel_type changed
9124b077 1422 * @IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_RETRY_LIMITS: retry limits changed
5cff20e6 1423 * @IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_IDLE: Idle flag changed
0f78231b 1424 * @IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_SMPS: Spatial multiplexing powersave mode changed
04ecd257
JB
1425 * Note that this is only valid if channel contexts are not used,
1426 * otherwise each channel context has the number of chains listed.
e8975581
JB
1427 */
1428enum ieee80211_conf_changed {
0f78231b 1429 IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_SMPS = BIT(1),
e8975581 1430 IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_LISTEN_INTERVAL = BIT(2),
0869aea0 1431 IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_MONITOR = BIT(3),
e8975581 1432 IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_PS = BIT(4),
e255d5eb
JB
1433 IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_POWER = BIT(5),
1434 IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_CHANNEL = BIT(6),
1435 IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_RETRY_LIMITS = BIT(7),
5cff20e6 1436 IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_IDLE = BIT(8),
e8975581
JB
1437};
1438
0f78231b
JB
1439/**
1440 * enum ieee80211_smps_mode - spatial multiplexing power save mode
1441 *
9d173fc5
KV
1442 * @IEEE80211_SMPS_AUTOMATIC: automatic
1443 * @IEEE80211_SMPS_OFF: off
1444 * @IEEE80211_SMPS_STATIC: static
1445 * @IEEE80211_SMPS_DYNAMIC: dynamic
1446 * @IEEE80211_SMPS_NUM_MODES: internal, don't use
0f78231b
JB
1447 */
1448enum ieee80211_smps_mode {
1449 IEEE80211_SMPS_AUTOMATIC,
1450 IEEE80211_SMPS_OFF,
1451 IEEE80211_SMPS_STATIC,
1452 IEEE80211_SMPS_DYNAMIC,
1453
1454 /* keep last */
1455 IEEE80211_SMPS_NUM_MODES,
1456};
1457
f0706e82
JB
1458/**
1459 * struct ieee80211_conf - configuration of the device
1460 *
1461 * This struct indicates how the driver shall configure the hardware.
1462 *
04fe2037
JB
1463 * @flags: configuration flags defined above
1464 *
ea95bba4 1465 * @listen_interval: listen interval in units of beacon interval
56007a02
JB
1466 * @ps_dtim_period: The DTIM period of the AP we're connected to, for use
1467 * in power saving. Power saving will not be enabled until a beacon
1468 * has been received and the DTIM period is known.
04fe2037
JB
1469 * @dynamic_ps_timeout: The dynamic powersave timeout (in ms), see the
1470 * powersave documentation below. This variable is valid only when
1471 * the CONF_PS flag is set.
1472 *
1ea6f9c0
JB
1473 * @power_level: requested transmit power (in dBm), backward compatibility
1474 * value only that is set to the minimum of all interfaces
04fe2037 1475 *
675a0b04 1476 * @chandef: the channel definition to tune to
164eb02d 1477 * @radar_enabled: whether radar detection is enabled
04fe2037 1478 *
9124b077 1479 * @long_frame_max_tx_count: Maximum number of transmissions for a "long" frame
ad24b0da
JB
1480 * (a frame not RTS protected), called "dot11LongRetryLimit" in 802.11,
1481 * but actually means the number of transmissions not the number of retries
9124b077 1482 * @short_frame_max_tx_count: Maximum number of transmissions for a "short"
ad24b0da
JB
1483 * frame, called "dot11ShortRetryLimit" in 802.11, but actually means the
1484 * number of transmissions not the number of retries
0f78231b
JB
1485 *
1486 * @smps_mode: spatial multiplexing powersave mode; note that
1487 * %IEEE80211_SMPS_STATIC is used when the device is not
04ecd257
JB
1488 * configured for an HT channel.
1489 * Note that this is only valid if channel contexts are not used,
1490 * otherwise each channel context has the number of chains listed.
f0706e82
JB
1491 */
1492struct ieee80211_conf {
6b301cdf 1493 u32 flags;
ff616381 1494 int power_level, dynamic_ps_timeout;
10816d40 1495
e8975581 1496 u16 listen_interval;
56007a02 1497 u8 ps_dtim_period;
e8975581 1498
9124b077
JB
1499 u8 long_frame_max_tx_count, short_frame_max_tx_count;
1500
675a0b04 1501 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef;
164eb02d 1502 bool radar_enabled;
0f78231b 1503 enum ieee80211_smps_mode smps_mode;
f0706e82
JB
1504};
1505
5ce6e438
JB
1506/**
1507 * struct ieee80211_channel_switch - holds the channel switch data
1508 *
1509 * The information provided in this structure is required for channel switch
1510 * operation.
1511 *
1512 * @timestamp: value in microseconds of the 64-bit Time Synchronization
1513 * Function (TSF) timer when the frame containing the channel switch
1514 * announcement was received. This is simply the rx.mactime parameter
1515 * the driver passed into mac80211.
2ba45384
LC
1516 * @device_timestamp: arbitrary timestamp for the device, this is the
1517 * rx.device_timestamp parameter the driver passed to mac80211.
5ce6e438
JB
1518 * @block_tx: Indicates whether transmission must be blocked before the
1519 * scheduled channel switch, as indicated by the AP.
85220d71 1520 * @chandef: the new channel to switch to
5ce6e438 1521 * @count: the number of TBTT's until the channel switch event
ee145775
SS
1522 * @delay: maximum delay between the time the AP transmitted the last beacon in
1523 * current channel and the expected time of the first beacon in the new
1524 * channel, expressed in TU.
5ce6e438
JB
1525 */
1526struct ieee80211_channel_switch {
1527 u64 timestamp;
2ba45384 1528 u32 device_timestamp;
5ce6e438 1529 bool block_tx;
85220d71 1530 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef;
5ce6e438 1531 u8 count;
ee145775 1532 u32 delay;
5ce6e438
JB
1533};
1534
c1288b12
JB
1535/**
1536 * enum ieee80211_vif_flags - virtual interface flags
1537 *
1538 * @IEEE80211_VIF_BEACON_FILTER: the device performs beacon filtering
1539 * on this virtual interface to avoid unnecessary CPU wakeups
ea086359
JB
1540 * @IEEE80211_VIF_SUPPORTS_CQM_RSSI: the device can do connection quality
1541 * monitoring on this virtual interface -- i.e. it can monitor
1542 * connection quality related parameters, such as the RSSI level and
1543 * provide notifications if configured trigger levels are reached.
848955cc
JB
1544 * @IEEE80211_VIF_SUPPORTS_UAPSD: The device can do U-APSD for this
1545 * interface. This flag should be set during interface addition,
1546 * but may be set/cleared as late as authentication to an AP. It is
1547 * only valid for managed/station mode interfaces.
b115b972
JD
1548 * @IEEE80211_VIF_GET_NOA_UPDATE: request to handle NOA attributes
1549 * and send P2P_PS notification to the driver if NOA changed, even
1550 * this is not pure P2P vif.
c1288b12
JB
1551 */
1552enum ieee80211_vif_flags {
1553 IEEE80211_VIF_BEACON_FILTER = BIT(0),
ea086359 1554 IEEE80211_VIF_SUPPORTS_CQM_RSSI = BIT(1),
848955cc 1555 IEEE80211_VIF_SUPPORTS_UAPSD = BIT(2),
b115b972 1556 IEEE80211_VIF_GET_NOA_UPDATE = BIT(3),
c1288b12
JB
1557};
1558
32bfd35d
JB
1559/**
1560 * struct ieee80211_vif - per-interface data
1561 *
1562 * Data in this structure is continually present for driver
1563 * use during the life of a virtual interface.
1564 *
51fb61e7 1565 * @type: type of this virtual interface
bda3933a
JB
1566 * @bss_conf: BSS configuration for this interface, either our own
1567 * or the BSS we're associated to
47846c9b 1568 * @addr: address of this interface
2ca27bcf
JB
1569 * @p2p: indicates whether this AP or STA interface is a p2p
1570 * interface, i.e. a GO or p2p-sta respectively
59af6928
MK
1571 * @csa_active: marks whether a channel switch is going on. Internally it is
1572 * write-protected by sdata_lock and local->mtx so holding either is fine
1573 * for read access.
b5a33d52 1574 * @mu_mimo_owner: indicates interface owns MU-MIMO capability
c1288b12
JB
1575 * @driver_flags: flags/capabilities the driver has for this interface,
1576 * these need to be set (or cleared) when the interface is added
1577 * or, if supported by the driver, the interface type is changed
1578 * at runtime, mac80211 will never touch this field
3a25a8c8
JB
1579 * @hw_queue: hardware queue for each AC
1580 * @cab_queue: content-after-beacon (DTIM beacon really) queue, AP mode only
d01a1e65
MK
1581 * @chanctx_conf: The channel context this interface is assigned to, or %NULL
1582 * when it is not assigned. This pointer is RCU-protected due to the TX
1583 * path needing to access it; even though the netdev carrier will always
1584 * be off when it is %NULL there can still be races and packets could be
1585 * processed after it switches back to %NULL.
ddbfe860 1586 * @debugfs_dir: debugfs dentry, can be used by drivers to create own per
ad24b0da 1587 * interface debug files. Note that it will be NULL for the virtual
ddbfe860 1588 * monitor interface (if that is requested.)
1b09b556
AO
1589 * @probe_req_reg: probe requests should be reported to mac80211 for this
1590 * interface.
32bfd35d 1591 * @drv_priv: data area for driver use, will always be aligned to
b4f7f4ad 1592 * sizeof(void \*).
ba8c3d6f 1593 * @txq: the multicast data TX queue (if driver uses the TXQ abstraction)
21a5d4c3
MP
1594 * @txqs_stopped: per AC flag to indicate that intermediate TXQs are stopped,
1595 * protected by fq->lock.
32bfd35d
JB
1596 */
1597struct ieee80211_vif {
05c914fe 1598 enum nl80211_iftype type;
bda3933a 1599 struct ieee80211_bss_conf bss_conf;
a3e2f4b6 1600 u8 addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
2ca27bcf 1601 bool p2p;
73da7d5b 1602 bool csa_active;
b5a33d52 1603 bool mu_mimo_owner;
3a25a8c8
JB
1604
1605 u8 cab_queue;
1606 u8 hw_queue[IEEE80211_NUM_ACS];
1607
ba8c3d6f
FF
1608 struct ieee80211_txq *txq;
1609
d01a1e65
MK
1610 struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf __rcu *chanctx_conf;
1611
c1288b12 1612 u32 driver_flags;
3a25a8c8 1613
ddbfe860
SG
1614#ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_DEBUGFS
1615 struct dentry *debugfs_dir;
1616#endif
1617
1b09b556
AO
1618 unsigned int probe_req_reg;
1619
21a5d4c3
MP
1620 bool txqs_stopped[IEEE80211_NUM_ACS];
1621
32bfd35d 1622 /* must be last */
1c06ef98 1623 u8 drv_priv[0] __aligned(sizeof(void *));
32bfd35d
JB
1624};
1625
902acc78
JB
1626static inline bool ieee80211_vif_is_mesh(struct ieee80211_vif *vif)
1627{
1628#ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_MESH
05c914fe 1629 return vif->type == NL80211_IFTYPE_MESH_POINT;
902acc78
JB
1630#endif
1631 return false;
1632}
1633
ad7e718c
JB
1634/**
1635 * wdev_to_ieee80211_vif - return a vif struct from a wdev
1636 * @wdev: the wdev to get the vif for
1637 *
1638 * This can be used by mac80211 drivers with direct cfg80211 APIs
1639 * (like the vendor commands) that get a wdev.
1640 *
1641 * Note that this function may return %NULL if the given wdev isn't
1642 * associated with a vif that the driver knows about (e.g. monitor
1643 * or AP_VLAN interfaces.)
1644 */
1645struct ieee80211_vif *wdev_to_ieee80211_vif(struct wireless_dev *wdev);
1646
dc5a1ad7
EG
1647/**
1648 * ieee80211_vif_to_wdev - return a wdev struct from a vif
1649 * @vif: the vif to get the wdev for
1650 *
1651 * This can be used by mac80211 drivers with direct cfg80211 APIs
1652 * (like the vendor commands) that needs to get the wdev for a vif.
1653 *
1654 * Note that this function may return %NULL if the given wdev isn't
1655 * associated with a vif that the driver knows about (e.g. monitor
1656 * or AP_VLAN interfaces.)
1657 */
1658struct wireless_dev *ieee80211_vif_to_wdev(struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
1659
7ac1bd6a
JB
1660/**
1661 * enum ieee80211_key_flags - key flags
1662 *
1663 * These flags are used for communication about keys between the driver
1664 * and mac80211, with the @flags parameter of &struct ieee80211_key_conf.
1665 *
7ac1bd6a
JB
1666 * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_IV: This flag should be set by the
1667 * driver to indicate that it requires IV generation for this
db12847c
IY
1668 * particular key. Setting this flag does not necessarily mean that SKBs
1669 * will have sufficient tailroom for ICV or MIC.
7ac1bd6a
JB
1670 * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_MMIC: This flag should be set by
1671 * the driver for a TKIP key if it requires Michael MIC
1672 * generation in software.
c6adbd21
ID
1673 * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_PAIRWISE: Set by mac80211, this flag indicates
1674 * that the key is pairwise rather then a shared key.
e548c49e 1675 * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_SW_MGMT_TX: This flag should be set by the driver for a
00b9cfa3
JM
1676 * CCMP/GCMP key if it requires CCMP/GCMP encryption of management frames
1677 * (MFP) to be done in software.
077a9154 1678 * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_PUT_IV_SPACE: This flag should be set by the driver
ee70108f 1679 * if space should be prepared for the IV, but the IV
077a9154 1680 * itself should not be generated. Do not set together with
db12847c
IY
1681 * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_IV on the same key. Setting this flag does
1682 * not necessarily mean that SKBs will have sufficient tailroom for ICV or
1683 * MIC.
e548c49e
JB
1684 * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_RX_MGMT: This key will be used to decrypt received
1685 * management frames. The flag can help drivers that have a hardware
1686 * crypto implementation that doesn't deal with management frames
1687 * properly by allowing them to not upload the keys to hardware and
1688 * fall back to software crypto. Note that this flag deals only with
1689 * RX, if your crypto engine can't deal with TX you can also set the
1690 * %IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_SW_MGMT_TX flag to encrypt such frames in SW.
17d38fa8 1691 * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_IV_MGMT: This flag should be set by the
00b9cfa3 1692 * driver for a CCMP/GCMP key to indicate that is requires IV generation
17d38fa8 1693 * only for managment frames (MFP).
db12847c
IY
1694 * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_RESERVE_TAILROOM: This flag should be set by the
1695 * driver for a key to indicate that sufficient tailroom must always
1696 * be reserved for ICV or MIC, even when HW encryption is enabled.
9de18d81
DS
1697 * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_PUT_MIC_SPACE: This flag should be set by the driver for
1698 * a TKIP key if it only requires MIC space. Do not set together with
1699 * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_MMIC on the same key.
7848ba7d 1700 */
7ac1bd6a 1701enum ieee80211_key_flags {
17d38fa8
MK
1702 IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_IV_MGMT = BIT(0),
1703 IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_IV = BIT(1),
1704 IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_MMIC = BIT(2),
1705 IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_PAIRWISE = BIT(3),
1706 IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_SW_MGMT_TX = BIT(4),
1707 IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_PUT_IV_SPACE = BIT(5),
1708 IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_RX_MGMT = BIT(6),
db12847c 1709 IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_RESERVE_TAILROOM = BIT(7),
9de18d81 1710 IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_PUT_MIC_SPACE = BIT(8),
7ac1bd6a 1711};
11a843b7 1712
7ac1bd6a
JB
1713/**
1714 * struct ieee80211_key_conf - key information
1715 *
1716 * This key information is given by mac80211 to the driver by
1717 * the set_key() callback in &struct ieee80211_ops.
1718 *
1719 * @hw_key_idx: To be set by the driver, this is the key index the driver
1720 * wants to be given when a frame is transmitted and needs to be
6a7664d4 1721 * encrypted in hardware.
97359d12 1722 * @cipher: The key's cipher suite selector.
f8079d43
EP
1723 * @tx_pn: PN used for TX keys, may be used by the driver as well if it
1724 * needs to do software PN assignment by itself (e.g. due to TSO)
7ac1bd6a
JB
1725 * @flags: key flags, see &enum ieee80211_key_flags.
1726 * @keyidx: the key index (0-3)
1727 * @keylen: key material length
ffd7891d
LR
1728 * @key: key material. For ALG_TKIP the key is encoded as a 256-bit (32 byte)
1729 * data block:
1730 * - Temporal Encryption Key (128 bits)
1731 * - Temporal Authenticator Tx MIC Key (64 bits)
1732 * - Temporal Authenticator Rx MIC Key (64 bits)
dc822b5d
JB
1733 * @icv_len: The ICV length for this key type
1734 * @iv_len: The IV length for this key type
7ac1bd6a 1735 */
f0706e82 1736struct ieee80211_key_conf {
db388a56 1737 atomic64_t tx_pn;
97359d12 1738 u32 cipher;
76708dee
FF
1739 u8 icv_len;
1740 u8 iv_len;
6a7664d4 1741 u8 hw_key_idx;
11a843b7 1742 s8 keyidx;
9de18d81 1743 u16 flags;
11a843b7 1744 u8 keylen;
f0706e82
JB
1745 u8 key[0];
1746};
1747
a31cf1c6
JB
1748#define IEEE80211_MAX_PN_LEN 16
1749
f8079d43
EP
1750#define TKIP_PN_TO_IV16(pn) ((u16)(pn & 0xffff))
1751#define TKIP_PN_TO_IV32(pn) ((u32)((pn >> 16) & 0xffffffff))
1752
9352c19f
JB
1753/**
1754 * struct ieee80211_key_seq - key sequence counter
1755 *
1756 * @tkip: TKIP data, containing IV32 and IV16 in host byte order
1757 * @ccmp: PN data, most significant byte first (big endian,
1758 * reverse order than in packet)
1759 * @aes_cmac: PN data, most significant byte first (big endian,
1760 * reverse order than in packet)
1761 * @aes_gmac: PN data, most significant byte first (big endian,
1762 * reverse order than in packet)
1763 * @gcmp: PN data, most significant byte first (big endian,
1764 * reverse order than in packet)
a31cf1c6 1765 * @hw: data for HW-only (e.g. cipher scheme) keys
9352c19f
JB
1766 */
1767struct ieee80211_key_seq {
1768 union {
1769 struct {
1770 u32 iv32;
1771 u16 iv16;
1772 } tkip;
1773 struct {
1774 u8 pn[6];
1775 } ccmp;
1776 struct {
1777 u8 pn[6];
1778 } aes_cmac;
1779 struct {
1780 u8 pn[6];
1781 } aes_gmac;
1782 struct {
1783 u8 pn[6];
1784 } gcmp;
a31cf1c6
JB
1785 struct {
1786 u8 seq[IEEE80211_MAX_PN_LEN];
1787 u8 seq_len;
1788 } hw;
9352c19f
JB
1789 };
1790};
1791
2475b1cc
MS
1792/**
1793 * struct ieee80211_cipher_scheme - cipher scheme
1794 *
1795 * This structure contains a cipher scheme information defining
1796 * the secure packet crypto handling.
1797 *
1798 * @cipher: a cipher suite selector
1799 * @iftype: a cipher iftype bit mask indicating an allowed cipher usage
1800 * @hdr_len: a length of a security header used the cipher
1801 * @pn_len: a length of a packet number in the security header
1802 * @pn_off: an offset of pn from the beginning of the security header
1803 * @key_idx_off: an offset of key index byte in the security header
1804 * @key_idx_mask: a bit mask of key_idx bits
1805 * @key_idx_shift: a bit shift needed to get key_idx
1806 * key_idx value calculation:
1807 * (sec_header_base[key_idx_off] & key_idx_mask) >> key_idx_shift
1808 * @mic_len: a mic length in bytes
1809 */
1810struct ieee80211_cipher_scheme {
1811 u32 cipher;
1812 u16 iftype;
1813 u8 hdr_len;
1814 u8 pn_len;
1815 u8 pn_off;
1816 u8 key_idx_off;
1817 u8 key_idx_mask;
1818 u8 key_idx_shift;
1819 u8 mic_len;
1820};
1821
7ac1bd6a
JB
1822/**
1823 * enum set_key_cmd - key command
1824 *
1825 * Used with the set_key() callback in &struct ieee80211_ops, this
1826 * indicates whether a key is being removed or added.
1827 *
1828 * @SET_KEY: a key is set
1829 * @DISABLE_KEY: a key must be disabled
1830 */
ea49c359 1831enum set_key_cmd {
11a843b7 1832 SET_KEY, DISABLE_KEY,
ea49c359 1833};
f0706e82 1834
f09603a2
JB
1835/**
1836 * enum ieee80211_sta_state - station state
1837 *
1838 * @IEEE80211_STA_NOTEXIST: station doesn't exist at all,
1839 * this is a special state for add/remove transitions
1840 * @IEEE80211_STA_NONE: station exists without special state
1841 * @IEEE80211_STA_AUTH: station is authenticated
1842 * @IEEE80211_STA_ASSOC: station is associated
1843 * @IEEE80211_STA_AUTHORIZED: station is authorized (802.1X)
1844 */
1845enum ieee80211_sta_state {
1846 /* NOTE: These need to be ordered correctly! */
1847 IEEE80211_STA_NOTEXIST,
1848 IEEE80211_STA_NONE,
1849 IEEE80211_STA_AUTH,
1850 IEEE80211_STA_ASSOC,
1851 IEEE80211_STA_AUTHORIZED,
1852};
1853
e1a0c6b3
JB
1854/**
1855 * enum ieee80211_sta_rx_bandwidth - station RX bandwidth
1856 * @IEEE80211_STA_RX_BW_20: station can only receive 20 MHz
1857 * @IEEE80211_STA_RX_BW_40: station can receive up to 40 MHz
1858 * @IEEE80211_STA_RX_BW_80: station can receive up to 80 MHz
1859 * @IEEE80211_STA_RX_BW_160: station can receive up to 160 MHz
1860 * (including 80+80 MHz)
1861 *
1862 * Implementation note: 20 must be zero to be initialized
1863 * correctly, the values must be sorted.
1864 */
1865enum ieee80211_sta_rx_bandwidth {
1866 IEEE80211_STA_RX_BW_20 = 0,
1867 IEEE80211_STA_RX_BW_40,
1868 IEEE80211_STA_RX_BW_80,
1869 IEEE80211_STA_RX_BW_160,
1870};
1871
0d528d85
FF
1872/**
1873 * struct ieee80211_sta_rates - station rate selection table
1874 *
1875 * @rcu_head: RCU head used for freeing the table on update
03f831a6 1876 * @rate: transmit rates/flags to be used by default.
0d528d85
FF
1877 * Overriding entries per-packet is possible by using cb tx control.
1878 */
1879struct ieee80211_sta_rates {
1880 struct rcu_head rcu_head;
1881 struct {
1882 s8 idx;
1883 u8 count;
1884 u8 count_cts;
1885 u8 count_rts;
1886 u16 flags;
1887 } rate[IEEE80211_TX_RATE_TABLE_SIZE];
1888};
1889
17741cdc
JB
1890/**
1891 * struct ieee80211_sta - station table entry
1892 *
1893 * A station table entry represents a station we are possibly
1894 * communicating with. Since stations are RCU-managed in
1895 * mac80211, any ieee80211_sta pointer you get access to must
1896 * either be protected by rcu_read_lock() explicitly or implicitly,
1897 * or you must take good care to not use such a pointer after a
34e89507 1898 * call to your sta_remove callback that removed it.
17741cdc
JB
1899 *
1900 * @addr: MAC address
1901 * @aid: AID we assigned to the station if we're an AP
323ce79a 1902 * @supp_rates: Bitmap of supported rates (per band)
55d942f4
JB
1903 * @ht_cap: HT capabilities of this STA; restricted to our own capabilities
1904 * @vht_cap: VHT capabilities of this STA; restricted to our own capabilities
41cbb0f5 1905 * @he_cap: HE capabilities of this STA
480dd46b
MA
1906 * @max_rx_aggregation_subframes: maximal amount of frames in a single AMPDU
1907 * that this station is allowed to transmit to us.
1908 * Can be modified by driver.
527871d7
JB
1909 * @wme: indicates whether the STA supports QoS/WME (if local devices does,
1910 * otherwise always false)
17741cdc 1911 * @drv_priv: data area for driver use, will always be aligned to
b4f7f4ad 1912 * sizeof(void \*), size is determined in hw information.
910868db 1913 * @uapsd_queues: bitmap of queues configured for uapsd. Only valid
f438ceb8
EG
1914 * if wme is supported. The bits order is like in
1915 * IEEE80211_WMM_IE_STA_QOSINFO_AC_*.
910868db 1916 * @max_sp: max Service Period. Only valid if wme is supported.
e1a0c6b3 1917 * @bandwidth: current bandwidth the station can receive with
8921d04e
JB
1918 * @rx_nss: in HT/VHT, the maximum number of spatial streams the
1919 * station can receive at the moment, changed by operating mode
1920 * notifications and capabilities. The value is only valid after
1921 * the station moves to associated state.
af0ed69b 1922 * @smps_mode: current SMPS mode (off, static or dynamic)
03f831a6 1923 * @rates: rate control selection table
0c4972cc 1924 * @tdls: indicates whether the STA is a TDLS peer
8b94148c
AN
1925 * @tdls_initiator: indicates the STA is an initiator of the TDLS link. Only
1926 * valid if the STA is a TDLS peer in the first place.
93f0490e 1927 * @mfp: indicates whether the STA uses management frame protection or not.
506bcfa8
EG
1928 * @max_amsdu_subframes: indicates the maximal number of MSDUs in a single
1929 * A-MSDU. Taken from the Extended Capabilities element. 0 means
1930 * unlimited.
52cfa1d6 1931 * @support_p2p_ps: indicates whether the STA supports P2P PS mechanism or not.
6e0456b5 1932 * @max_rc_amsdu_len: Maximum A-MSDU size in bytes recommended by rate control.
edba6bda 1933 * @max_tid_amsdu_len: Maximum A-MSDU size in bytes for this TID
adf8ed01
JB
1934 * @txq: per-TID data TX queues (if driver uses the TXQ abstraction); note that
1935 * the last entry (%IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS) is used for non-data frames
17741cdc
JB
1936 */
1937struct ieee80211_sta {
57fbcce3 1938 u32 supp_rates[NUM_NL80211_BANDS];
17741cdc
JB
1939 u8 addr[ETH_ALEN];
1940 u16 aid;
d9fe60de 1941 struct ieee80211_sta_ht_cap ht_cap;
818255ea 1942 struct ieee80211_sta_vht_cap vht_cap;
41cbb0f5
LC
1943 struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap he_cap;
1944 u16 max_rx_aggregation_subframes;
39df600a 1945 bool wme;
9533b4ac
EP
1946 u8 uapsd_queues;
1947 u8 max_sp;
8921d04e 1948 u8 rx_nss;
e1a0c6b3 1949 enum ieee80211_sta_rx_bandwidth bandwidth;
af0ed69b 1950 enum ieee80211_smps_mode smps_mode;
0d528d85 1951 struct ieee80211_sta_rates __rcu *rates;
0c4972cc 1952 bool tdls;
8b94148c 1953 bool tdls_initiator;
93f0490e 1954 bool mfp;
506bcfa8 1955 u8 max_amsdu_subframes;
57eeb208
JB
1956
1957 /**
1958 * @max_amsdu_len:
1959 * indicates the maximal length of an A-MSDU in bytes.
1960 * This field is always valid for packets with a VHT preamble.
1961 * For packets with a HT preamble, additional limits apply:
1962 *
1963 * * If the skb is transmitted as part of a BA agreement, the
1964 * A-MSDU maximal size is min(max_amsdu_len, 4065) bytes.
1965 * * If the skb is not part of a BA aggreement, the A-MSDU maximal
1966 * size is min(max_amsdu_len, 7935) bytes.
1967 *
1968 * Both additional HT limits must be enforced by the low level
1969 * driver. This is defined by the spec (IEEE 802.11-2012 section
1970 * 8.3.2.2 NOTE 2).
1971 */
506bcfa8 1972 u16 max_amsdu_len;
52cfa1d6 1973 bool support_p2p_ps;
6e0456b5 1974 u16 max_rc_amsdu_len;
edba6bda 1975 u16 max_tid_amsdu_len[IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS];
17741cdc 1976
adf8ed01 1977 struct ieee80211_txq *txq[IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS + 1];
ba8c3d6f 1978
17741cdc 1979 /* must be last */
1c06ef98 1980 u8 drv_priv[0] __aligned(sizeof(void *));
17741cdc
JB
1981};
1982
478f8d2b
TW
1983/**
1984 * enum sta_notify_cmd - sta notify command
1985 *
1986 * Used with the sta_notify() callback in &struct ieee80211_ops, this
38a6cc75 1987 * indicates if an associated station made a power state transition.
478f8d2b 1988 *
4571d3bf
CL
1989 * @STA_NOTIFY_SLEEP: a station is now sleeping
1990 * @STA_NOTIFY_AWAKE: a sleeping station woke up
1991 */
89fad578 1992enum sta_notify_cmd {
4571d3bf
CL
1993 STA_NOTIFY_SLEEP, STA_NOTIFY_AWAKE,
1994};
1995
36323f81
TH
1996/**
1997 * struct ieee80211_tx_control - TX control data
1998 *
1999 * @sta: station table entry, this sta pointer may be NULL and
2000 * it is not allowed to copy the pointer, due to RCU.
2001 */
2002struct ieee80211_tx_control {
2003 struct ieee80211_sta *sta;
2004};
2005
ba8c3d6f
FF
2006/**
2007 * struct ieee80211_txq - Software intermediate tx queue
2008 *
2009 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
2010 * @sta: station table entry, %NULL for per-vif queue
adf8ed01
JB
2011 * @tid: the TID for this queue (unused for per-vif queue),
2012 * %IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS for non-data (if enabled)
ba8c3d6f 2013 * @ac: the AC for this queue
f8bdbb58 2014 * @drv_priv: driver private area, sized by hw->txq_data_size
ba8c3d6f
FF
2015 *
2016 * The driver can obtain packets from this queue by calling
2017 * ieee80211_tx_dequeue().
2018 */
2019struct ieee80211_txq {
2020 struct ieee80211_vif *vif;
2021 struct ieee80211_sta *sta;
2022 u8 tid;
2023 u8 ac;
2024
2025 /* must be last */
2026 u8 drv_priv[0] __aligned(sizeof(void *));
2027};
2028
1bc0826c
JB
2029/**
2030 * enum ieee80211_hw_flags - hardware flags
2031 *
2032 * These flags are used to indicate hardware capabilities to
2033 * the stack. Generally, flags here should have their meaning
2034 * done in a way that the simplest hardware doesn't need setting
2035 * any particular flags. There are some exceptions to this rule,
2036 * however, so you are advised to review these flags carefully.
2037 *
af65cd96
JB
2038 * @IEEE80211_HW_HAS_RATE_CONTROL:
2039 * The hardware or firmware includes rate control, and cannot be
2040 * controlled by the stack. As such, no rate control algorithm
2041 * should be instantiated, and the TX rate reported to userspace
2042 * will be taken from the TX status instead of the rate control
2043 * algorithm.
2044 * Note that this requires that the driver implement a number of
2045 * callbacks so it has the correct information, it needs to have
2046 * the @set_rts_threshold callback and must look at the BSS config
2047 * @use_cts_prot for G/N protection, @use_short_slot for slot
2048 * timing in 2.4 GHz and @use_short_preamble for preambles for
2049 * CCK frames.
2050 *
1bc0826c
JB
2051 * @IEEE80211_HW_RX_INCLUDES_FCS:
2052 * Indicates that received frames passed to the stack include
2053 * the FCS at the end.
2054 *
2055 * @IEEE80211_HW_HOST_BROADCAST_PS_BUFFERING:
2056 * Some wireless LAN chipsets buffer broadcast/multicast frames
2057 * for power saving stations in the hardware/firmware and others
2058 * rely on the host system for such buffering. This option is used
2059 * to configure the IEEE 802.11 upper layer to buffer broadcast and
2060 * multicast frames when there are power saving stations so that
546c80c9 2061 * the driver can fetch them with ieee80211_get_buffered_bc().
1bc0826c 2062 *
566bfe5a
BR
2063 * @IEEE80211_HW_SIGNAL_UNSPEC:
2064 * Hardware can provide signal values but we don't know its units. We
2065 * expect values between 0 and @max_signal.
2066 * If possible please provide dB or dBm instead.
2067 *
566bfe5a
BR
2068 * @IEEE80211_HW_SIGNAL_DBM:
2069 * Hardware gives signal values in dBm, decibel difference from
2070 * one milliwatt. This is the preferred method since it is standardized
2071 * between different devices. @max_signal does not need to be set.
2072 *
06ff47bc
TW
2073 * @IEEE80211_HW_SPECTRUM_MGMT:
2074 * Hardware supports spectrum management defined in 802.11h
2075 * Measurement, Channel Switch, Quieting, TPC
8b30b1fe
S
2076 *
2077 * @IEEE80211_HW_AMPDU_AGGREGATION:
2078 * Hardware supports 11n A-MPDU aggregation.
520eb820 2079 *
4be8c387
JB
2080 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_PS:
2081 * Hardware has power save support (i.e. can go to sleep).
2082 *
2083 * @IEEE80211_HW_PS_NULLFUNC_STACK:
2084 * Hardware requires nullfunc frame handling in stack, implies
2085 * stack support for dynamic PS.
2086 *
2087 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_DYNAMIC_PS:
2088 * Hardware has support for dynamic PS.
4375d083
JM
2089 *
2090 * @IEEE80211_HW_MFP_CAPABLE:
2091 * Hardware supports management frame protection (MFP, IEEE 802.11w).
04de8381 2092 *
375177bf
VN
2093 * @IEEE80211_HW_REPORTS_TX_ACK_STATUS:
2094 * Hardware can provide ack status reports of Tx frames to
2095 * the stack.
2096 *
1e4dcd01 2097 * @IEEE80211_HW_CONNECTION_MONITOR:
ad24b0da
JB
2098 * The hardware performs its own connection monitoring, including
2099 * periodic keep-alives to the AP and probing the AP on beacon loss.
a97c13c3 2100 *
c65dd147
EG
2101 * @IEEE80211_HW_NEED_DTIM_BEFORE_ASSOC:
2102 * This device needs to get data from beacon before association (i.e.
2103 * dtim_period).
e31b8213
JB
2104 *
2105 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_PER_STA_GTK: The device's crypto engine supports
2106 * per-station GTKs as used by IBSS RSN or during fast transition. If
2107 * the device doesn't support per-station GTKs, but can be asked not
2108 * to decrypt group addressed frames, then IBSS RSN support is still
2109 * possible but software crypto will be used. Advertise the wiphy flag
2110 * only in that case.
d057e5a3
AN
2111 *
2112 * @IEEE80211_HW_AP_LINK_PS: When operating in AP mode the device
2113 * autonomously manages the PS status of connected stations. When
2114 * this flag is set mac80211 will not trigger PS mode for connected
2115 * stations based on the PM bit of incoming frames.
2116 * Use ieee80211_start_ps()/ieee8021_end_ps() to manually configure
2117 * the PS mode of connected stations.
edf6b784
AN
2118 *
2119 * @IEEE80211_HW_TX_AMPDU_SETUP_IN_HW: The device handles TX A-MPDU session
2120 * setup strictly in HW. mac80211 should not attempt to do this in
2121 * software.
885bd8ec 2122 *
4b6f1dd6
JB
2123 * @IEEE80211_HW_WANT_MONITOR_VIF: The driver would like to be informed of
2124 * a virtual monitor interface when monitor interfaces are the only
2125 * active interfaces.
3a25a8c8 2126 *
e27513fb
BG
2127 * @IEEE80211_HW_NO_AUTO_VIF: The driver would like for no wlanX to
2128 * be created. It is expected user-space will create vifs as
2129 * desired (and thus have them named as desired).
2130 *
fa7e1fbc
JB
2131 * @IEEE80211_HW_SW_CRYPTO_CONTROL: The driver wants to control which of the
2132 * crypto algorithms can be done in software - so don't automatically
2133 * try to fall back to it if hardware crypto fails, but do so only if
2134 * the driver returns 1. This also forces the driver to advertise its
2135 * supported cipher suites.
2136 *
17c18bf8
JB
2137 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORT_FAST_XMIT: The driver/hardware supports fast-xmit,
2138 * this currently requires only the ability to calculate the duration
2139 * for frames.
2140 *
3a25a8c8
JB
2141 * @IEEE80211_HW_QUEUE_CONTROL: The driver wants to control per-interface
2142 * queue mapping in order to use different queues (not just one per AC)
2143 * for different virtual interfaces. See the doc section on HW queue
2144 * control for more details.
6d71117a 2145 *
0d528d85
FF
2146 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_RC_TABLE: The driver supports using a rate
2147 * selection table provided by the rate control algorithm.
2148 *
6d71117a
JB
2149 * @IEEE80211_HW_P2P_DEV_ADDR_FOR_INTF: Use the P2P Device address for any
2150 * P2P Interface. This will be honoured even if more than one interface
2151 * is supported.
ef429dad
JB
2152 *
2153 * @IEEE80211_HW_TIMING_BEACON_ONLY: Use sync timing from beacon frames
2154 * only, to allow getting TBTT of a DTIM beacon.
7578d575 2155 *
919be62b
JB
2156 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_HT_CCK_RATES: Hardware supports mixing HT/CCK rates
2157 * and can cope with CCK rates in an aggregation session (e.g. by not
2158 * using aggregation for such frames.)
2159 *
7578d575
AN
2160 * @IEEE80211_HW_CHANCTX_STA_CSA: Support 802.11h based channel-switch (CSA)
2161 * for a single active channel while using channel contexts. When support
2162 * is not enabled the default action is to disconnect when getting the
2163 * CSA frame.
5d52ee81 2164 *
c70f59a2
IY
2165 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_CLONED_SKBS: The driver will never modify the payload
2166 * or tailroom of TX skbs without copying them first.
2167 *
c526a467 2168 * @IEEE80211_HW_SINGLE_SCAN_ON_ALL_BANDS: The HW supports scanning on all bands
c56ef672 2169 * in one command, mac80211 doesn't have to run separate scans per band.
30686bf7 2170 *
b98fb44f
AN
2171 * @IEEE80211_HW_TDLS_WIDER_BW: The device/driver supports wider bandwidth
2172 * than then BSS bandwidth for a TDLS link on the base channel.
2173 *
99e7ca44
EG
2174 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_AMSDU_IN_AMPDU: The driver supports receiving A-MSDUs
2175 * within A-MPDU.
2176 *
35afa588
HS
2177 * @IEEE80211_HW_BEACON_TX_STATUS: The device/driver provides TX status
2178 * for sent beacons.
2179 *
31104891
JB
2180 * @IEEE80211_HW_NEEDS_UNIQUE_STA_ADDR: Hardware (or driver) requires that each
2181 * station has a unique address, i.e. each station entry can be identified
2182 * by just its MAC address; this prevents, for example, the same station
2183 * from connecting to two virtual AP interfaces at the same time.
2184 *
412a6d80
SS
2185 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_REORDERING_BUFFER: Hardware (or driver) manages the
2186 * reordering buffer internally, guaranteeing mac80211 receives frames in
2187 * order and does not need to manage its own reorder buffer or BA session
2188 * timeout.
2189 *
c9c5962b
JB
2190 * @IEEE80211_HW_USES_RSS: The device uses RSS and thus requires parallel RX,
2191 * which implies using per-CPU station statistics.
2192 *
6e0456b5
FF
2193 * @IEEE80211_HW_TX_AMSDU: Hardware (or driver) supports software aggregated
2194 * A-MSDU frames. Requires software tx queueing and fast-xmit support.
2195 * When not using minstrel/minstrel_ht rate control, the driver must
2196 * limit the maximum A-MSDU size based on the current tx rate by setting
2197 * max_rc_amsdu_len in struct ieee80211_sta.
2198 *
2199 * @IEEE80211_HW_TX_FRAG_LIST: Hardware (or driver) supports sending frag_list
2200 * skbs, needed for zero-copy software A-MSDU.
2201 *
e8a24cd4
RM
2202 * @IEEE80211_HW_REPORTS_LOW_ACK: The driver (or firmware) reports low ack event
2203 * by ieee80211_report_low_ack() based on its own algorithm. For such
2204 * drivers, mac80211 packet loss mechanism will not be triggered and driver
2205 * is completely depending on firmware event for station kickout.
2206 *
f3fe4e93
SS
2207 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_TX_FRAG: Hardware does fragmentation by itself.
2208 * The stack will not do fragmentation.
2209 * The callback for @set_frag_threshold should be set as well.
2210 *
e2fb1b83
YT
2211 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_TDLS_BUFFER_STA: Hardware supports buffer STA on
2212 * TDLS links.
2213 *
94ba9271
IP
2214 * @IEEE80211_HW_DEAUTH_NEED_MGD_TX_PREP: The driver requires the
2215 * mgd_prepare_tx() callback to be called before transmission of a
2216 * deauthentication frame in case the association was completed but no
2217 * beacon was heard. This is required in multi-channel scenarios, where the
2218 * virtual interface might not be given air time for the transmission of
2219 * the frame, as it is not synced with the AP/P2P GO yet, and thus the
2220 * deauthentication frame might not be transmitted.
d1361b32 2221 *
7c181f4f
BCD
2222 * @IEEE80211_HW_DOESNT_SUPPORT_QOS_NDP: The driver (or firmware) doesn't
2223 * support QoS NDP for AP probing - that's most likely a driver bug.
94ba9271 2224 *
adf8ed01
JB
2225 * @IEEE80211_HW_BUFF_MMPDU_TXQ: use the TXQ for bufferable MMPDUs, this of
2226 * course requires the driver to use TXQs to start with.
2227 *
09b4a4fa
JB
2228 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_VHT_EXT_NSS_BW: (Hardware) rate control supports VHT
2229 * extended NSS BW (dot11VHTExtendedNSSBWCapable). This flag will be set if
2230 * the selected rate control algorithm sets %RATE_CTRL_CAPA_VHT_EXT_NSS_BW
2231 * but if the rate control is built-in then it must be set by the driver.
2232 * See also the documentation for that flag.
2233 *
0eeb2b67
SS
2234 * @IEEE80211_HW_STA_MMPDU_TXQ: use the extra non-TID per-station TXQ for all
2235 * MMPDUs on station interfaces. This of course requires the driver to use
2236 * TXQs to start with.
2237 *
77f7ffdc
FF
2238 * @IEEE80211_HW_TX_STATUS_NO_AMPDU_LEN: Driver does not report accurate A-MPDU
2239 * length in tx status information
2240 *
caf56338
SS
2241 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_MULTI_BSSID: Hardware supports multi BSSID
2242 *
2243 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_ONLY_HE_MULTI_BSSID: Hardware supports multi BSSID
2244 * only for HE APs. Applies if @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_MULTI_BSSID is set.
2245 *
30686bf7 2246 * @NUM_IEEE80211_HW_FLAGS: number of hardware flags, used for sizing arrays
1bc0826c
JB
2247 */
2248enum ieee80211_hw_flags {
30686bf7
JB
2249 IEEE80211_HW_HAS_RATE_CONTROL,
2250 IEEE80211_HW_RX_INCLUDES_FCS,
2251 IEEE80211_HW_HOST_BROADCAST_PS_BUFFERING,
2252 IEEE80211_HW_SIGNAL_UNSPEC,
2253 IEEE80211_HW_SIGNAL_DBM,
2254 IEEE80211_HW_NEED_DTIM_BEFORE_ASSOC,
2255 IEEE80211_HW_SPECTRUM_MGMT,
2256 IEEE80211_HW_AMPDU_AGGREGATION,
2257 IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_PS,
2258 IEEE80211_HW_PS_NULLFUNC_STACK,
2259 IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_DYNAMIC_PS,
2260 IEEE80211_HW_MFP_CAPABLE,
2261 IEEE80211_HW_WANT_MONITOR_VIF,
2262 IEEE80211_HW_NO_AUTO_VIF,
2263 IEEE80211_HW_SW_CRYPTO_CONTROL,
2264 IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORT_FAST_XMIT,
2265 IEEE80211_HW_REPORTS_TX_ACK_STATUS,
2266 IEEE80211_HW_CONNECTION_MONITOR,
2267 IEEE80211_HW_QUEUE_CONTROL,
2268 IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_PER_STA_GTK,
2269 IEEE80211_HW_AP_LINK_PS,
2270 IEEE80211_HW_TX_AMPDU_SETUP_IN_HW,
2271 IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_RC_TABLE,
2272 IEEE80211_HW_P2P_DEV_ADDR_FOR_INTF,
2273 IEEE80211_HW_TIMING_BEACON_ONLY,
2274 IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_HT_CCK_RATES,
2275 IEEE80211_HW_CHANCTX_STA_CSA,
2276 IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_CLONED_SKBS,
2277 IEEE80211_HW_SINGLE_SCAN_ON_ALL_BANDS,
b98fb44f 2278 IEEE80211_HW_TDLS_WIDER_BW,
99e7ca44 2279 IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_AMSDU_IN_AMPDU,
35afa588 2280 IEEE80211_HW_BEACON_TX_STATUS,
31104891 2281 IEEE80211_HW_NEEDS_UNIQUE_STA_ADDR,
412a6d80 2282 IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_REORDERING_BUFFER,
c9c5962b 2283 IEEE80211_HW_USES_RSS,
6e0456b5
FF
2284 IEEE80211_HW_TX_AMSDU,
2285 IEEE80211_HW_TX_FRAG_LIST,
e8a24cd4 2286 IEEE80211_HW_REPORTS_LOW_ACK,
f3fe4e93 2287 IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_TX_FRAG,
e2fb1b83 2288 IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_TDLS_BUFFER_STA,
94ba9271 2289 IEEE80211_HW_DEAUTH_NEED_MGD_TX_PREP,
7c181f4f 2290 IEEE80211_HW_DOESNT_SUPPORT_QOS_NDP,
adf8ed01 2291 IEEE80211_HW_BUFF_MMPDU_TXQ,
09b4a4fa 2292 IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_VHT_EXT_NSS_BW,
0eeb2b67 2293 IEEE80211_HW_STA_MMPDU_TXQ,
77f7ffdc 2294 IEEE80211_HW_TX_STATUS_NO_AMPDU_LEN,
caf56338
SS
2295 IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_MULTI_BSSID,
2296 IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_ONLY_HE_MULTI_BSSID,
30686bf7
JB
2297
2298 /* keep last, obviously */
2299 NUM_IEEE80211_HW_FLAGS
1bc0826c
JB
2300};
2301
7ac1bd6a
JB
2302/**
2303 * struct ieee80211_hw - hardware information and state
75a5f0cc
JB
2304 *
2305 * This structure contains the configuration and hardware
2306 * information for an 802.11 PHY.
2307 *
2308 * @wiphy: This points to the &struct wiphy allocated for this
2309 * 802.11 PHY. You must fill in the @perm_addr and @dev
2310 * members of this structure using SET_IEEE80211_DEV()
8318d78a
JB
2311 * and SET_IEEE80211_PERM_ADDR(). Additionally, all supported
2312 * bands (with channels, bitrates) are registered here.
75a5f0cc
JB
2313 *
2314 * @conf: &struct ieee80211_conf, device configuration, don't use.
2315 *
75a5f0cc
JB
2316 * @priv: pointer to private area that was allocated for driver use
2317 * along with this structure.
2318 *
2319 * @flags: hardware flags, see &enum ieee80211_hw_flags.
2320 *
2321 * @extra_tx_headroom: headroom to reserve in each transmit skb
2322 * for use by the driver (e.g. for transmit headers.)
2323 *
70dabeb7
FF
2324 * @extra_beacon_tailroom: tailroom to reserve in each beacon tx skb.
2325 * Can be used by drivers to add extra IEs.
75a5f0cc 2326 *
566bfe5a 2327 * @max_signal: Maximum value for signal (rssi) in RX information, used
ad24b0da 2328 * only when @IEEE80211_HW_SIGNAL_UNSPEC or @IEEE80211_HW_SIGNAL_DB
75a5f0cc 2329 *
ea95bba4 2330 * @max_listen_interval: max listen interval in units of beacon interval
ad24b0da 2331 * that HW supports
ea95bba4 2332 *
75a5f0cc 2333 * @queues: number of available hardware transmit queues for
e100bb64
JB
2334 * data packets. WMM/QoS requires at least four, these
2335 * queues need to have configurable access parameters.
2336 *
830f9038
JB
2337 * @rate_control_algorithm: rate control algorithm for this hardware.
2338 * If unset (NULL), the default algorithm will be used. Must be
2339 * set before calling ieee80211_register_hw().
32bfd35d
JB
2340 *
2341 * @vif_data_size: size (in bytes) of the drv_priv data area
2342 * within &struct ieee80211_vif.
17741cdc
JB
2343 * @sta_data_size: size (in bytes) of the drv_priv data area
2344 * within &struct ieee80211_sta.
d01a1e65
MK
2345 * @chanctx_data_size: size (in bytes) of the drv_priv data area
2346 * within &struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf.
ba8c3d6f
FF
2347 * @txq_data_size: size (in bytes) of the drv_priv data area
2348 * within @struct ieee80211_txq.
870abdf6 2349 *
78be49ec
HS
2350 * @max_rates: maximum number of alternate rate retry stages the hw
2351 * can handle.
2352 * @max_report_rates: maximum number of alternate rate retry stages
2353 * the hw can report back.
e6a9854b 2354 * @max_rate_tries: maximum number of tries for each stage
4e6cbfd0 2355 *
df6ba5d8
LC
2356 * @max_rx_aggregation_subframes: maximum buffer size (number of
2357 * sub-frames) to be used for A-MPDU block ack receiver
2358 * aggregation.
2359 * This is only relevant if the device has restrictions on the
2360 * number of subframes, if it relies on mac80211 to do reordering
2361 * it shouldn't be set.
5dd36bc9
JB
2362 *
2363 * @max_tx_aggregation_subframes: maximum number of subframes in an
41cbb0f5
LC
2364 * aggregate an HT/HE device will transmit. In HT AddBA we'll
2365 * advertise a constant value of 64 as some older APs crash if
2366 * the window size is smaller (an example is LinkSys WRT120N
2367 * with FW v1.0.07 build 002 Jun 18 2012).
2368 * For AddBA to HE capable peers this value will be used.
3a25a8c8 2369 *
6e0456b5
FF
2370 * @max_tx_fragments: maximum number of tx buffers per (A)-MSDU, sum
2371 * of 1 + skb_shinfo(skb)->nr_frags for each skb in the frag_list.
2372 *
3a25a8c8
JB
2373 * @offchannel_tx_hw_queue: HW queue ID to use for offchannel TX
2374 * (if %IEEE80211_HW_QUEUE_CONTROL is set)
ac55d2fe
JB
2375 *
2376 * @radiotap_mcs_details: lists which MCS information can the HW
2377 * reports, by default it is set to _MCS, _GI and _BW but doesn't
b4f7f4ad 2378 * include _FMT. Use %IEEE80211_RADIOTAP_MCS_HAVE_\* values, only
ac55d2fe 2379 * adding _BW is supported today.
72d78728 2380 *
51648921
JB
2381 * @radiotap_vht_details: lists which VHT MCS information the HW reports,
2382 * the default is _GI | _BANDWIDTH.
b4f7f4ad 2383 * Use the %IEEE80211_RADIOTAP_VHT_KNOWN_\* values.
51648921 2384 *
41cbb0f5
LC
2385 * @radiotap_he: HE radiotap validity flags
2386 *
99ee7cae 2387 * @radiotap_timestamp: Information for the radiotap timestamp field; if the
7d419463 2388 * @units_pos member is set to a non-negative value then the timestamp
99ee7cae 2389 * field will be added and populated from the &struct ieee80211_rx_status
7d419463
JB
2390 * device_timestamp.
2391 * @radiotap_timestamp.units_pos: Must be set to a combination of a
2392 * IEEE80211_RADIOTAP_TIMESTAMP_UNIT_* and a
2393 * IEEE80211_RADIOTAP_TIMESTAMP_SPOS_* value.
2394 * @radiotap_timestamp.accuracy: If non-negative, fills the accuracy in the
2395 * radiotap field and the accuracy known flag will be set.
99ee7cae 2396 *
72d78728 2397 * @netdev_features: netdev features to be set in each netdev created
680a0dab
JB
2398 * from this HW. Note that not all features are usable with mac80211,
2399 * other features will be rejected during HW registration.
219c3867
AB
2400 *
2401 * @uapsd_queues: This bitmap is included in (re)association frame to indicate
2402 * for each access category if it is uAPSD trigger-enabled and delivery-
2403 * enabled. Use IEEE80211_WMM_IE_STA_QOSINFO_AC_* to set this bitmap.
2404 * Each bit corresponds to different AC. Value '1' in specific bit means
2405 * that corresponding AC is both trigger- and delivery-enabled. '0' means
2406 * neither enabled.
2407 *
2408 * @uapsd_max_sp_len: maximum number of total buffered frames the WMM AP may
2409 * deliver to a WMM STA during any Service Period triggered by the WMM STA.
2410 * Use IEEE80211_WMM_IE_STA_QOSINFO_SP_* for correct values.
2475b1cc
MS
2411 *
2412 * @n_cipher_schemes: a size of an array of cipher schemes definitions.
2413 * @cipher_schemes: a pointer to an array of cipher scheme definitions
2414 * supported by HW.
167e33f4
AB
2415 * @max_nan_de_entries: maximum number of NAN DE functions supported by the
2416 * device.
70e53669
WG
2417 *
2418 * @tx_sk_pacing_shift: Pacing shift to set on TCP sockets when frames from
2419 * them are encountered. The default should typically not be changed,
2420 * unless the driver has good reasons for needing more buffers.
b4809e94 2421 *
cb86880e 2422 * @weight_multiplier: Driver specific airtime weight multiplier used while
b4809e94 2423 * refilling deficit of each TXQ.
7ac1bd6a 2424 */
f0706e82 2425struct ieee80211_hw {
f0706e82 2426 struct ieee80211_conf conf;
75a5f0cc 2427 struct wiphy *wiphy;
830f9038 2428 const char *rate_control_algorithm;
f0706e82 2429 void *priv;
30686bf7 2430 unsigned long flags[BITS_TO_LONGS(NUM_IEEE80211_HW_FLAGS)];
f0706e82 2431 unsigned int extra_tx_headroom;
70dabeb7 2432 unsigned int extra_beacon_tailroom;
32bfd35d 2433 int vif_data_size;
17741cdc 2434 int sta_data_size;
d01a1e65 2435 int chanctx_data_size;
ba8c3d6f 2436 int txq_data_size;
ea95bba4 2437 u16 queues;
ea95bba4 2438 u16 max_listen_interval;
f0706e82 2439 s8 max_signal;
e6a9854b 2440 u8 max_rates;
78be49ec 2441 u8 max_report_rates;
e6a9854b 2442 u8 max_rate_tries;
41cbb0f5
LC
2443 u16 max_rx_aggregation_subframes;
2444 u16 max_tx_aggregation_subframes;
6e0456b5 2445 u8 max_tx_fragments;
3a25a8c8 2446 u8 offchannel_tx_hw_queue;
ac55d2fe 2447 u8 radiotap_mcs_details;
51648921 2448 u16 radiotap_vht_details;
99ee7cae
JB
2449 struct {
2450 int units_pos;
2451 s16 accuracy;
2452 } radiotap_timestamp;
72d78728 2453 netdev_features_t netdev_features;
219c3867
AB
2454 u8 uapsd_queues;
2455 u8 uapsd_max_sp_len;
2475b1cc
MS
2456 u8 n_cipher_schemes;
2457 const struct ieee80211_cipher_scheme *cipher_schemes;
167e33f4 2458 u8 max_nan_de_entries;
70e53669 2459 u8 tx_sk_pacing_shift;
b4809e94 2460 u8 weight_multiplier;
f0706e82
JB
2461};
2462
30686bf7
JB
2463static inline bool _ieee80211_hw_check(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
2464 enum ieee80211_hw_flags flg)
2465{
2466 return test_bit(flg, hw->flags);
2467}
2468#define ieee80211_hw_check(hw, flg) _ieee80211_hw_check(hw, IEEE80211_HW_##flg)
2469
2470static inline void _ieee80211_hw_set(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
2471 enum ieee80211_hw_flags flg)
2472{
2473 return __set_bit(flg, hw->flags);
2474}
2475#define ieee80211_hw_set(hw, flg) _ieee80211_hw_set(hw, IEEE80211_HW_##flg)
2476
c56ef672
DS
2477/**
2478 * struct ieee80211_scan_request - hw scan request
2479 *
2480 * @ies: pointers different parts of IEs (in req.ie)
2481 * @req: cfg80211 request.
2482 */
2483struct ieee80211_scan_request {
2484 struct ieee80211_scan_ies ies;
2485
2486 /* Keep last */
2487 struct cfg80211_scan_request req;
2488};
2489
8a4d32f3
AN
2490/**
2491 * struct ieee80211_tdls_ch_sw_params - TDLS channel switch parameters
2492 *
2493 * @sta: peer this TDLS channel-switch request/response came from
2494 * @chandef: channel referenced in a TDLS channel-switch request
2495 * @action_code: see &enum ieee80211_tdls_actioncode
2496 * @status: channel-switch response status
2497 * @timestamp: time at which the frame was received
2498 * @switch_time: switch-timing parameter received in the frame
2499 * @switch_timeout: switch-timing parameter received in the frame
2500 * @tmpl_skb: TDLS switch-channel response template
2501 * @ch_sw_tm_ie: offset of the channel-switch timing IE inside @tmpl_skb
2502 */
2503struct ieee80211_tdls_ch_sw_params {
2504 struct ieee80211_sta *sta;
2505 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef;
2506 u8 action_code;
2507 u32 status;
2508 u32 timestamp;
2509 u16 switch_time;
2510 u16 switch_timeout;
2511 struct sk_buff *tmpl_skb;
2512 u32 ch_sw_tm_ie;
2513};
2514
9a95371a
LR
2515/**
2516 * wiphy_to_ieee80211_hw - return a mac80211 driver hw struct from a wiphy
2517 *
2518 * @wiphy: the &struct wiphy which we want to query
2519 *
2520 * mac80211 drivers can use this to get to their respective
2521 * &struct ieee80211_hw. Drivers wishing to get to their own private
2522 * structure can then access it via hw->priv. Note that mac802111 drivers should
2523 * not use wiphy_priv() to try to get their private driver structure as this
2524 * is already used internally by mac80211.
0ae997dc
YB
2525 *
2526 * Return: The mac80211 driver hw struct of @wiphy.
9a95371a
LR
2527 */
2528struct ieee80211_hw *wiphy_to_ieee80211_hw(struct wiphy *wiphy);
2529
75a5f0cc
JB
2530/**
2531 * SET_IEEE80211_DEV - set device for 802.11 hardware
2532 *
2533 * @hw: the &struct ieee80211_hw to set the device for
2534 * @dev: the &struct device of this 802.11 device
2535 */
f0706e82
JB
2536static inline void SET_IEEE80211_DEV(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct device *dev)
2537{
2538 set_wiphy_dev(hw->wiphy, dev);
2539}
2540
75a5f0cc 2541/**
e37d4dff 2542 * SET_IEEE80211_PERM_ADDR - set the permanent MAC address for 802.11 hardware
75a5f0cc
JB
2543 *
2544 * @hw: the &struct ieee80211_hw to set the MAC address for
2545 * @addr: the address to set
2546 */
538dc904 2547static inline void SET_IEEE80211_PERM_ADDR(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, const u8 *addr)
f0706e82
JB
2548{
2549 memcpy(hw->wiphy->perm_addr, addr, ETH_ALEN);
2550}
2551
2e92e6f2
JB
2552static inline struct ieee80211_rate *
2553ieee80211_get_tx_rate(const struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
e039fa4a 2554 const struct ieee80211_tx_info *c)
2e92e6f2 2555{
aa331df0 2556 if (WARN_ON_ONCE(c->control.rates[0].idx < 0))
2e92e6f2 2557 return NULL;
e6a9854b 2558 return &hw->wiphy->bands[c->band]->bitrates[c->control.rates[0].idx];
2e92e6f2
JB
2559}
2560
2561static inline struct ieee80211_rate *
2562ieee80211_get_rts_cts_rate(const struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
e039fa4a 2563 const struct ieee80211_tx_info *c)
2e92e6f2 2564{
e039fa4a 2565 if (c->control.rts_cts_rate_idx < 0)
2e92e6f2 2566 return NULL;
e039fa4a 2567 return &hw->wiphy->bands[c->band]->bitrates[c->control.rts_cts_rate_idx];
2e92e6f2
JB
2568}
2569
2570static inline struct ieee80211_rate *
2571ieee80211_get_alt_retry_rate(const struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
870abdf6 2572 const struct ieee80211_tx_info *c, int idx)
2e92e6f2 2573{
e6a9854b 2574 if (c->control.rates[idx + 1].idx < 0)
2e92e6f2 2575 return NULL;
e6a9854b 2576 return &hw->wiphy->bands[c->band]->bitrates[c->control.rates[idx + 1].idx];
2e92e6f2
JB
2577}
2578
6096de7f
JB
2579/**
2580 * ieee80211_free_txskb - free TX skb
2581 * @hw: the hardware
2582 * @skb: the skb
2583 *
2584 * Free a transmit skb. Use this funtion when some failure
2585 * to transmit happened and thus status cannot be reported.
2586 */
2587void ieee80211_free_txskb(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct sk_buff *skb);
2588
75a5f0cc
JB
2589/**
2590 * DOC: Hardware crypto acceleration
2591 *
2592 * mac80211 is capable of taking advantage of many hardware
2593 * acceleration designs for encryption and decryption operations.
2594 *
2595 * The set_key() callback in the &struct ieee80211_ops for a given
2596 * device is called to enable hardware acceleration of encryption and
dc822b5d
JB
2597 * decryption. The callback takes a @sta parameter that will be NULL
2598 * for default keys or keys used for transmission only, or point to
2599 * the station information for the peer for individual keys.
75a5f0cc
JB
2600 * Multiple transmission keys with the same key index may be used when
2601 * VLANs are configured for an access point.
4150c572 2602 *
75a5f0cc
JB
2603 * When transmitting, the TX control data will use the @hw_key_idx
2604 * selected by the driver by modifying the &struct ieee80211_key_conf
2605 * pointed to by the @key parameter to the set_key() function.
2606 *
2607 * The set_key() call for the %SET_KEY command should return 0 if
2608 * the key is now in use, -%EOPNOTSUPP or -%ENOSPC if it couldn't be
2609 * added; if you return 0 then hw_key_idx must be assigned to the
2610 * hardware key index, you are free to use the full u8 range.
2611 *
fa7e1fbc
JB
2612 * Note that in the case that the @IEEE80211_HW_SW_CRYPTO_CONTROL flag is
2613 * set, mac80211 will not automatically fall back to software crypto if
2614 * enabling hardware crypto failed. The set_key() call may also return the
2615 * value 1 to permit this specific key/algorithm to be done in software.
2616 *
75a5f0cc
JB
2617 * When the cmd is %DISABLE_KEY then it must succeed.
2618 *
2619 * Note that it is permissible to not decrypt a frame even if a key
2620 * for it has been uploaded to hardware, the stack will not make any
2621 * decision based on whether a key has been uploaded or not but rather
2622 * based on the receive flags.
2623 *
2624 * The &struct ieee80211_key_conf structure pointed to by the @key
2625 * parameter is guaranteed to be valid until another call to set_key()
2626 * removes it, but it can only be used as a cookie to differentiate
2627 * keys.
9ae4fda3
EG
2628 *
2629 * In TKIP some HW need to be provided a phase 1 key, for RX decryption
2630 * acceleration (i.e. iwlwifi). Those drivers should provide update_tkip_key
2631 * handler.
2632 * The update_tkip_key() call updates the driver with the new phase 1 key.
25985edc 2633 * This happens every time the iv16 wraps around (every 65536 packets). The
9ae4fda3
EG
2634 * set_key() call will happen only once for each key (unless the AP did
2635 * rekeying), it will not include a valid phase 1 key. The valid phase 1 key is
e37d4dff 2636 * provided by update_tkip_key only. The trigger that makes mac80211 call this
9ae4fda3 2637 * handler is software decryption with wrap around of iv16.
de5fad81
YD
2638 *
2639 * The set_default_unicast_key() call updates the default WEP key index
2640 * configured to the hardware for WEP encryption type. This is required
2641 * for devices that support offload of data packets (e.g. ARP responses).
62872a9b
AW
2642 *
2643 * Mac80211 drivers should set the @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CAN_REPLACE_PTK0 flag
2644 * when they are able to replace in-use PTK keys according to to following
2645 * requirements:
2646 * 1) They do not hand over frames decrypted with the old key to
2647 mac80211 once the call to set_key() with command %DISABLE_KEY has been
2648 completed when also setting @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_IV for any key,
2649 2) either drop or continue to use the old key for any outgoing frames queued
2650 at the time of the key deletion (including re-transmits),
2651 3) never send out a frame queued prior to the set_key() %SET_KEY command
2652 encrypted with the new key and
2653 4) never send out a frame unencrypted when it should be encrypted.
2654 Mac80211 will not queue any new frames for a deleted key to the driver.
4150c572 2655 */
75a5f0cc 2656
4be8c387
JB
2657/**
2658 * DOC: Powersave support
2659 *
2660 * mac80211 has support for various powersave implementations.
2661 *
c99445b1
KV
2662 * First, it can support hardware that handles all powersaving by itself,
2663 * such hardware should simply set the %IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_PS hardware
2664 * flag. In that case, it will be told about the desired powersave mode
2665 * with the %IEEE80211_CONF_PS flag depending on the association status.
2666 * The hardware must take care of sending nullfunc frames when necessary,
2667 * i.e. when entering and leaving powersave mode. The hardware is required
2668 * to look at the AID in beacons and signal to the AP that it woke up when
2669 * it finds traffic directed to it.
2670 *
2671 * %IEEE80211_CONF_PS flag enabled means that the powersave mode defined in
2672 * IEEE 802.11-2007 section 11.2 is enabled. This is not to be confused
2673 * with hardware wakeup and sleep states. Driver is responsible for waking
2738bd68
BC
2674 * up the hardware before issuing commands to the hardware and putting it
2675 * back to sleep at appropriate times.
c99445b1
KV
2676 *
2677 * When PS is enabled, hardware needs to wakeup for beacons and receive the
2678 * buffered multicast/broadcast frames after the beacon. Also it must be
2679 * possible to send frames and receive the acknowledment frame.
4be8c387
JB
2680 *
2681 * Other hardware designs cannot send nullfunc frames by themselves and also
2682 * need software support for parsing the TIM bitmap. This is also supported
2683 * by mac80211 by combining the %IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_PS and
2684 * %IEEE80211_HW_PS_NULLFUNC_STACK flags. The hardware is of course still
955394c9
JB
2685 * required to pass up beacons. The hardware is still required to handle
2686 * waking up for multicast traffic; if it cannot the driver must handle that
c99445b1
KV
2687 * as best as it can, mac80211 is too slow to do that.
2688 *
2689 * Dynamic powersave is an extension to normal powersave in which the
2690 * hardware stays awake for a user-specified period of time after sending a
2691 * frame so that reply frames need not be buffered and therefore delayed to
2692 * the next wakeup. It's compromise of getting good enough latency when
2693 * there's data traffic and still saving significantly power in idle
2694 * periods.
2695 *
2738bd68 2696 * Dynamic powersave is simply supported by mac80211 enabling and disabling
c99445b1
KV
2697 * PS based on traffic. Driver needs to only set %IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_PS
2698 * flag and mac80211 will handle everything automatically. Additionally,
2699 * hardware having support for the dynamic PS feature may set the
2700 * %IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_DYNAMIC_PS flag to indicate that it can support
2701 * dynamic PS mode itself. The driver needs to look at the
2702 * @dynamic_ps_timeout hardware configuration value and use it that value
2703 * whenever %IEEE80211_CONF_PS is set. In this case mac80211 will disable
2704 * dynamic PS feature in stack and will just keep %IEEE80211_CONF_PS
2705 * enabled whenever user has enabled powersave.
2706 *
2707 * Driver informs U-APSD client support by enabling
848955cc 2708 * %IEEE80211_VIF_SUPPORTS_UAPSD flag. The mode is configured through the
e227867f 2709 * uapsd parameter in conf_tx() operation. Hardware needs to send the QoS
c99445b1
KV
2710 * Nullfunc frames and stay awake until the service period has ended. To
2711 * utilize U-APSD, dynamic powersave is disabled for voip AC and all frames
2712 * from that AC are transmitted with powersave enabled.
2713 *
2714 * Note: U-APSD client mode is not yet supported with
2715 * %IEEE80211_HW_PS_NULLFUNC_STACK.
4be8c387
JB
2716 */
2717
04de8381
KV
2718/**
2719 * DOC: Beacon filter support
2720 *
2721 * Some hardware have beacon filter support to reduce host cpu wakeups
42b2aa86 2722 * which will reduce system power consumption. It usually works so that
04de8381
KV
2723 * the firmware creates a checksum of the beacon but omits all constantly
2724 * changing elements (TSF, TIM etc). Whenever the checksum changes the
2725 * beacon is forwarded to the host, otherwise it will be just dropped. That
2726 * way the host will only receive beacons where some relevant information
2727 * (for example ERP protection or WMM settings) have changed.
2728 *
c1288b12
JB
2729 * Beacon filter support is advertised with the %IEEE80211_VIF_BEACON_FILTER
2730 * interface capability. The driver needs to enable beacon filter support
955394c9
JB
2731 * whenever power save is enabled, that is %IEEE80211_CONF_PS is set. When
2732 * power save is enabled, the stack will not check for beacon loss and the
2733 * driver needs to notify about loss of beacons with ieee80211_beacon_loss().
2734 *
2735 * The time (or number of beacons missed) until the firmware notifies the
2736 * driver of a beacon loss event (which in turn causes the driver to call
2737 * ieee80211_beacon_loss()) should be configurable and will be controlled
2738 * by mac80211 and the roaming algorithm in the future.
2739 *
2740 * Since there may be constantly changing information elements that nothing
2741 * in the software stack cares about, we will, in the future, have mac80211
2742 * tell the driver which information elements are interesting in the sense
2743 * that we want to see changes in them. This will include
b4f7f4ad 2744 *
955394c9
JB
2745 * - a list of information element IDs
2746 * - a list of OUIs for the vendor information element
2747 *
2748 * Ideally, the hardware would filter out any beacons without changes in the
2749 * requested elements, but if it cannot support that it may, at the expense
2750 * of some efficiency, filter out only a subset. For example, if the device
2751 * doesn't support checking for OUIs it should pass up all changes in all
2752 * vendor information elements.
2753 *
2754 * Note that change, for the sake of simplification, also includes information
2755 * elements appearing or disappearing from the beacon.
2756 *
2757 * Some hardware supports an "ignore list" instead, just make sure nothing
2758 * that was requested is on the ignore list, and include commonly changing
2759 * information element IDs in the ignore list, for example 11 (BSS load) and
2760 * the various vendor-assigned IEs with unknown contents (128, 129, 133-136,
2761 * 149, 150, 155, 156, 173, 176, 178, 179, 219); for forward compatibility
2762 * it could also include some currently unused IDs.
2763 *
2764 *
2765 * In addition to these capabilities, hardware should support notifying the
2766 * host of changes in the beacon RSSI. This is relevant to implement roaming
2767 * when no traffic is flowing (when traffic is flowing we see the RSSI of
2768 * the received data packets). This can consist in notifying the host when
2769 * the RSSI changes significantly or when it drops below or rises above
2770 * configurable thresholds. In the future these thresholds will also be
2771 * configured by mac80211 (which gets them from userspace) to implement
2772 * them as the roaming algorithm requires.
2773 *
2774 * If the hardware cannot implement this, the driver should ask it to
2775 * periodically pass beacon frames to the host so that software can do the
2776 * signal strength threshold checking.
04de8381
KV
2777 */
2778
0f78231b
JB
2779/**
2780 * DOC: Spatial multiplexing power save
2781 *
2782 * SMPS (Spatial multiplexing power save) is a mechanism to conserve
2783 * power in an 802.11n implementation. For details on the mechanism
2784 * and rationale, please refer to 802.11 (as amended by 802.11n-2009)
2785 * "11.2.3 SM power save".
2786 *
2787 * The mac80211 implementation is capable of sending action frames
2788 * to update the AP about the station's SMPS mode, and will instruct
2789 * the driver to enter the specific mode. It will also announce the
2790 * requested SMPS mode during the association handshake. Hardware
2791 * support for this feature is required, and can be indicated by
2792 * hardware flags.
2793 *
2794 * The default mode will be "automatic", which nl80211/cfg80211
2795 * defines to be dynamic SMPS in (regular) powersave, and SMPS
2796 * turned off otherwise.
2797 *
2798 * To support this feature, the driver must set the appropriate
2799 * hardware support flags, and handle the SMPS flag to the config()
2800 * operation. It will then with this mechanism be instructed to
2801 * enter the requested SMPS mode while associated to an HT AP.
2802 */
2803
75a5f0cc
JB
2804/**
2805 * DOC: Frame filtering
2806 *
2807 * mac80211 requires to see many management frames for proper
2808 * operation, and users may want to see many more frames when
2809 * in monitor mode. However, for best CPU usage and power consumption,
2810 * having as few frames as possible percolate through the stack is
2811 * desirable. Hence, the hardware should filter as much as possible.
2812 *
2813 * To achieve this, mac80211 uses filter flags (see below) to tell
2814 * the driver's configure_filter() function which frames should be
2815 * passed to mac80211 and which should be filtered out.
2816 *
3ac64bee
JB
2817 * Before configure_filter() is invoked, the prepare_multicast()
2818 * callback is invoked with the parameters @mc_count and @mc_list
2819 * for the combined multicast address list of all virtual interfaces.
2820 * It's use is optional, and it returns a u64 that is passed to
2821 * configure_filter(). Additionally, configure_filter() has the
2822 * arguments @changed_flags telling which flags were changed and
2823 * @total_flags with the new flag states.
75a5f0cc
JB
2824 *
2825 * If your device has no multicast address filters your driver will
2826 * need to check both the %FIF_ALLMULTI flag and the @mc_count
2827 * parameter to see whether multicast frames should be accepted
2828 * or dropped.
2829 *
d0f5afbe
MB
2830 * All unsupported flags in @total_flags must be cleared.
2831 * Hardware does not support a flag if it is incapable of _passing_
2832 * the frame to the stack. Otherwise the driver must ignore
2833 * the flag, but not clear it.
2834 * You must _only_ clear the flag (announce no support for the
2835 * flag to mac80211) if you are not able to pass the packet type
2836 * to the stack (so the hardware always filters it).
2837 * So for example, you should clear @FIF_CONTROL, if your hardware
2838 * always filters control frames. If your hardware always passes
2839 * control frames to the kernel and is incapable of filtering them,
2840 * you do _not_ clear the @FIF_CONTROL flag.
2841 * This rule applies to all other FIF flags as well.
4150c572 2842 */
75a5f0cc 2843
4b801bc9
JB
2844/**
2845 * DOC: AP support for powersaving clients
2846 *
2847 * In order to implement AP and P2P GO modes, mac80211 has support for
2848 * client powersaving, both "legacy" PS (PS-Poll/null data) and uAPSD.
2849 * There currently is no support for sAPSD.
2850 *
2851 * There is one assumption that mac80211 makes, namely that a client
2852 * will not poll with PS-Poll and trigger with uAPSD at the same time.
2853 * Both are supported, and both can be used by the same client, but
2854 * they can't be used concurrently by the same client. This simplifies
2855 * the driver code.
2856 *
2857 * The first thing to keep in mind is that there is a flag for complete
2858 * driver implementation: %IEEE80211_HW_AP_LINK_PS. If this flag is set,
2859 * mac80211 expects the driver to handle most of the state machine for
2860 * powersaving clients and will ignore the PM bit in incoming frames.
2861 * Drivers then use ieee80211_sta_ps_transition() to inform mac80211 of
2862 * stations' powersave transitions. In this mode, mac80211 also doesn't
2863 * handle PS-Poll/uAPSD.
2864 *
2865 * In the mode without %IEEE80211_HW_AP_LINK_PS, mac80211 will check the
2866 * PM bit in incoming frames for client powersave transitions. When a
2867 * station goes to sleep, we will stop transmitting to it. There is,
2868 * however, a race condition: a station might go to sleep while there is
2869 * data buffered on hardware queues. If the device has support for this
2870 * it will reject frames, and the driver should give the frames back to
2871 * mac80211 with the %IEEE80211_TX_STAT_TX_FILTERED flag set which will
2872 * cause mac80211 to retry the frame when the station wakes up. The
2873 * driver is also notified of powersave transitions by calling its
2874 * @sta_notify callback.
2875 *
2876 * When the station is asleep, it has three choices: it can wake up,
2877 * it can PS-Poll, or it can possibly start a uAPSD service period.
2878 * Waking up is implemented by simply transmitting all buffered (and
2879 * filtered) frames to the station. This is the easiest case. When
2880 * the station sends a PS-Poll or a uAPSD trigger frame, mac80211
2881 * will inform the driver of this with the @allow_buffered_frames
2882 * callback; this callback is optional. mac80211 will then transmit
02f2f1a9 2883 * the frames as usual and set the %IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_PS_BUFFER
4b801bc9
JB
2884 * on each frame. The last frame in the service period (or the only
2885 * response to a PS-Poll) also has %IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP set to
2886 * indicate that it ends the service period; as this frame must have
2887 * TX status report it also sets %IEEE80211_TX_CTL_REQ_TX_STATUS.
2888 * When TX status is reported for this frame, the service period is
2889 * marked has having ended and a new one can be started by the peer.
2890 *
02f2f1a9
JB
2891 * Additionally, non-bufferable MMPDUs can also be transmitted by
2892 * mac80211 with the %IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_PS_BUFFER set in them.
2893 *
4b801bc9
JB
2894 * Another race condition can happen on some devices like iwlwifi
2895 * when there are frames queued for the station and it wakes up
2896 * or polls; the frames that are already queued could end up being
2897 * transmitted first instead, causing reordering and/or wrong
2898 * processing of the EOSP. The cause is that allowing frames to be
2899 * transmitted to a certain station is out-of-band communication to
2900 * the device. To allow this problem to be solved, the driver can
2901 * call ieee80211_sta_block_awake() if frames are buffered when it
2902 * is notified that the station went to sleep. When all these frames
2903 * have been filtered (see above), it must call the function again
2904 * to indicate that the station is no longer blocked.
2905 *
2906 * If the driver buffers frames in the driver for aggregation in any
2907 * way, it must use the ieee80211_sta_set_buffered() call when it is
2908 * notified of the station going to sleep to inform mac80211 of any
2909 * TIDs that have frames buffered. Note that when a station wakes up
2910 * this information is reset (hence the requirement to call it when
2911 * informed of the station going to sleep). Then, when a service
2912 * period starts for any reason, @release_buffered_frames is called
2913 * with the number of frames to be released and which TIDs they are
2914 * to come from. In this case, the driver is responsible for setting
2915 * the EOSP (for uAPSD) and MORE_DATA bits in the released frames,
e227867f 2916 * to help the @more_data parameter is passed to tell the driver if
4b801bc9
JB
2917 * there is more data on other TIDs -- the TIDs to release frames
2918 * from are ignored since mac80211 doesn't know how many frames the
2919 * buffers for those TIDs contain.
2920 *
2921 * If the driver also implement GO mode, where absence periods may
2922 * shorten service periods (or abort PS-Poll responses), it must
2923 * filter those response frames except in the case of frames that
2924 * are buffered in the driver -- those must remain buffered to avoid
2925 * reordering. Because it is possible that no frames are released
e943789e 2926 * in this case, the driver must call ieee80211_sta_eosp()
4b801bc9
JB
2927 * to indicate to mac80211 that the service period ended anyway.
2928 *
2929 * Finally, if frames from multiple TIDs are released from mac80211
2930 * but the driver might reorder them, it must clear & set the flags
2931 * appropriately (only the last frame may have %IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP)
2932 * and also take care of the EOSP and MORE_DATA bits in the frame.
e943789e 2933 * The driver may also use ieee80211_sta_eosp() in this case.
b77cf4f8
JB
2934 *
2935 * Note that if the driver ever buffers frames other than QoS-data
2936 * frames, it must take care to never send a non-QoS-data frame as
2937 * the last frame in a service period, adding a QoS-nulldata frame
2938 * after a non-QoS-data frame if needed.
4b801bc9
JB
2939 */
2940
3a25a8c8
JB
2941/**
2942 * DOC: HW queue control
2943 *
2944 * Before HW queue control was introduced, mac80211 only had a single static
2945 * assignment of per-interface AC software queues to hardware queues. This
2946 * was problematic for a few reasons:
2947 * 1) off-channel transmissions might get stuck behind other frames
2948 * 2) multiple virtual interfaces couldn't be handled correctly
2949 * 3) after-DTIM frames could get stuck behind other frames
2950 *
2951 * To solve this, hardware typically uses multiple different queues for all
2952 * the different usages, and this needs to be propagated into mac80211 so it
2953 * won't have the same problem with the software queues.
2954 *
2955 * Therefore, mac80211 now offers the %IEEE80211_HW_QUEUE_CONTROL capability
2956 * flag that tells it that the driver implements its own queue control. To do
2957 * so, the driver will set up the various queues in each &struct ieee80211_vif
2958 * and the offchannel queue in &struct ieee80211_hw. In response, mac80211 will
2959 * use those queue IDs in the hw_queue field of &struct ieee80211_tx_info and
2960 * if necessary will queue the frame on the right software queue that mirrors
2961 * the hardware queue.
2962 * Additionally, the driver has to then use these HW queue IDs for the queue
2963 * management functions (ieee80211_stop_queue() et al.)
2964 *
2965 * The driver is free to set up the queue mappings as needed, multiple virtual
2966 * interfaces may map to the same hardware queues if needed. The setup has to
2967 * happen during add_interface or change_interface callbacks. For example, a
2968 * driver supporting station+station and station+AP modes might decide to have
2969 * 10 hardware queues to handle different scenarios:
2970 *
2971 * 4 AC HW queues for 1st vif: 0, 1, 2, 3
2972 * 4 AC HW queues for 2nd vif: 4, 5, 6, 7
2973 * after-DTIM queue for AP: 8
2974 * off-channel queue: 9
2975 *
2976 * It would then set up the hardware like this:
2977 * hw.offchannel_tx_hw_queue = 9
2978 *
2979 * and the first virtual interface that is added as follows:
2980 * vif.hw_queue[IEEE80211_AC_VO] = 0
2981 * vif.hw_queue[IEEE80211_AC_VI] = 1
2982 * vif.hw_queue[IEEE80211_AC_BE] = 2
2983 * vif.hw_queue[IEEE80211_AC_BK] = 3
2984 * vif.cab_queue = 8 // if AP mode, otherwise %IEEE80211_INVAL_HW_QUEUE
2985 * and the second virtual interface with 4-7.
2986 *
2987 * If queue 6 gets full, for example, mac80211 would only stop the second
2988 * virtual interface's BE queue since virtual interface queues are per AC.
2989 *
2990 * Note that the vif.cab_queue value should be set to %IEEE80211_INVAL_HW_QUEUE
2991 * whenever the queue is not used (i.e. the interface is not in AP mode) if the
2992 * queue could potentially be shared since mac80211 will look at cab_queue when
2993 * a queue is stopped/woken even if the interface is not in AP mode.
2994 */
2995
75a5f0cc
JB
2996/**
2997 * enum ieee80211_filter_flags - hardware filter flags
2998 *
2999 * These flags determine what the filter in hardware should be
3000 * programmed to let through and what should not be passed to the
3001 * stack. It is always safe to pass more frames than requested,
3002 * but this has negative impact on power consumption.
3003 *
75a5f0cc
JB
3004 * @FIF_ALLMULTI: pass all multicast frames, this is used if requested
3005 * by the user or if the hardware is not capable of filtering by
3006 * multicast address.
3007 *
3008 * @FIF_FCSFAIL: pass frames with failed FCS (but you need to set the
3009 * %RX_FLAG_FAILED_FCS_CRC for them)
3010 *
3011 * @FIF_PLCPFAIL: pass frames with failed PLCP CRC (but you need to set
3012 * the %RX_FLAG_FAILED_PLCP_CRC for them
3013 *
3014 * @FIF_BCN_PRBRESP_PROMISC: This flag is set during scanning to indicate
3015 * to the hardware that it should not filter beacons or probe responses
3016 * by BSSID. Filtering them can greatly reduce the amount of processing
3017 * mac80211 needs to do and the amount of CPU wakeups, so you should
3018 * honour this flag if possible.
3019 *
df140465
JB
3020 * @FIF_CONTROL: pass control frames (except for PS Poll) addressed to this
3021 * station
75a5f0cc
JB
3022 *
3023 * @FIF_OTHER_BSS: pass frames destined to other BSSes
e3b90ca2 3024 *
c2d3955b 3025 * @FIF_PSPOLL: pass PS Poll frames
7be5086d
JB
3026 *
3027 * @FIF_PROBE_REQ: pass probe request frames
4150c572 3028 */
75a5f0cc 3029enum ieee80211_filter_flags {
75a5f0cc
JB
3030 FIF_ALLMULTI = 1<<1,
3031 FIF_FCSFAIL = 1<<2,
3032 FIF_PLCPFAIL = 1<<3,
3033 FIF_BCN_PRBRESP_PROMISC = 1<<4,
3034 FIF_CONTROL = 1<<5,
3035 FIF_OTHER_BSS = 1<<6,
e3b90ca2 3036 FIF_PSPOLL = 1<<7,
7be5086d 3037 FIF_PROBE_REQ = 1<<8,
75a5f0cc
JB
3038};
3039
1b7d03ac
RR
3040/**
3041 * enum ieee80211_ampdu_mlme_action - A-MPDU actions
3042 *
3043 * These flags are used with the ampdu_action() callback in
3044 * &struct ieee80211_ops to indicate which action is needed.
827d42c9
JB
3045 *
3046 * Note that drivers MUST be able to deal with a TX aggregation
3047 * session being stopped even before they OK'ed starting it by
5d22c89b 3048 * calling ieee80211_start_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe, because the peer
827d42c9
JB
3049 * might receive the addBA frame and send a delBA right away!
3050 *
18b559d5
JB
3051 * @IEEE80211_AMPDU_RX_START: start RX aggregation
3052 * @IEEE80211_AMPDU_RX_STOP: stop RX aggregation
3053 * @IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_START: start TX aggregation
b1720231 3054 * @IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_OPERATIONAL: TX aggregation has become operational
18b559d5
JB
3055 * @IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_STOP_CONT: stop TX aggregation but continue transmitting
3056 * queued packets, now unaggregated. After all packets are transmitted the
3057 * driver has to call ieee80211_stop_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe().
3058 * @IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_STOP_FLUSH: stop TX aggregation and flush all packets,
3059 * called when the station is removed. There's no need or reason to call
3060 * ieee80211_stop_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe() in this case as mac80211 assumes the
3061 * session is gone and removes the station.
3062 * @IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_STOP_FLUSH_CONT: called when TX aggregation is stopped
3063 * but the driver hasn't called ieee80211_stop_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe() yet and
3064 * now the connection is dropped and the station will be removed. Drivers
3065 * should clean up and drop remaining packets when this is called.
1b7d03ac
RR
3066 */
3067enum ieee80211_ampdu_mlme_action {
3068 IEEE80211_AMPDU_RX_START,
3069 IEEE80211_AMPDU_RX_STOP,
0df3ef45 3070 IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_START,
18b559d5
JB
3071 IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_STOP_CONT,
3072 IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_STOP_FLUSH,
3073 IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_STOP_FLUSH_CONT,
b1720231 3074 IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_OPERATIONAL,
1b7d03ac 3075};
75a5f0cc 3076
50ea05ef
SS
3077/**
3078 * struct ieee80211_ampdu_params - AMPDU action parameters
3079 *
3080 * @action: the ampdu action, value from %ieee80211_ampdu_mlme_action.
3081 * @sta: peer of this AMPDU session
3082 * @tid: tid of the BA session
3083 * @ssn: start sequence number of the session. TX/RX_STOP can pass 0. When
3084 * action is set to %IEEE80211_AMPDU_RX_START the driver passes back the
3085 * actual ssn value used to start the session and writes the value here.
3086 * @buf_size: reorder buffer size (number of subframes). Valid only when the
3087 * action is set to %IEEE80211_AMPDU_RX_START or
3088 * %IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_OPERATIONAL
3089 * @amsdu: indicates the peer's ability to receive A-MSDU within A-MPDU.
3090 * valid when the action is set to %IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_OPERATIONAL
3091 * @timeout: BA session timeout. Valid only when the action is set to
3092 * %IEEE80211_AMPDU_RX_START
3093 */
3094struct ieee80211_ampdu_params {
3095 enum ieee80211_ampdu_mlme_action action;
3096 struct ieee80211_sta *sta;
3097 u16 tid;
3098 u16 ssn;
41cbb0f5 3099 u16 buf_size;
50ea05ef
SS
3100 bool amsdu;
3101 u16 timeout;
3102};
3103
4049e09a
JB
3104/**
3105 * enum ieee80211_frame_release_type - frame release reason
3106 * @IEEE80211_FRAME_RELEASE_PSPOLL: frame released for PS-Poll
47086fc5
JB
3107 * @IEEE80211_FRAME_RELEASE_UAPSD: frame(s) released due to
3108 * frame received on trigger-enabled AC
4049e09a
JB
3109 */
3110enum ieee80211_frame_release_type {
3111 IEEE80211_FRAME_RELEASE_PSPOLL,
47086fc5 3112 IEEE80211_FRAME_RELEASE_UAPSD,
4049e09a
JB
3113};
3114
8f727ef3
JB
3115/**
3116 * enum ieee80211_rate_control_changed - flags to indicate what changed
3117 *
3118 * @IEEE80211_RC_BW_CHANGED: The bandwidth that can be used to transmit
e1a0c6b3
JB
3119 * to this station changed. The actual bandwidth is in the station
3120 * information -- for HT20/40 the IEEE80211_HT_CAP_SUP_WIDTH_20_40
3121 * flag changes, for HT and VHT the bandwidth field changes.
8f727ef3 3122 * @IEEE80211_RC_SMPS_CHANGED: The SMPS state of the station changed.
e687f61e
AQ
3123 * @IEEE80211_RC_SUPP_RATES_CHANGED: The supported rate set of this peer
3124 * changed (in IBSS mode) due to discovering more information about
3125 * the peer.
0af83d3d
JB
3126 * @IEEE80211_RC_NSS_CHANGED: N_SS (number of spatial streams) was changed
3127 * by the peer
8f727ef3
JB
3128 */
3129enum ieee80211_rate_control_changed {
3130 IEEE80211_RC_BW_CHANGED = BIT(0),
3131 IEEE80211_RC_SMPS_CHANGED = BIT(1),
e687f61e 3132 IEEE80211_RC_SUPP_RATES_CHANGED = BIT(2),
0af83d3d 3133 IEEE80211_RC_NSS_CHANGED = BIT(3),
8f727ef3
JB
3134};
3135
d339d5ca
IP
3136/**
3137 * enum ieee80211_roc_type - remain on channel type
3138 *
3139 * With the support for multi channel contexts and multi channel operations,
3140 * remain on channel operations might be limited/deferred/aborted by other
3141 * flows/operations which have higher priority (and vise versa).
3142 * Specifying the ROC type can be used by devices to prioritize the ROC
3143 * operations compared to other operations/flows.
3144 *
3145 * @IEEE80211_ROC_TYPE_NORMAL: There are no special requirements for this ROC.
3146 * @IEEE80211_ROC_TYPE_MGMT_TX: The remain on channel request is required
3147 * for sending managment frames offchannel.
3148 */
3149enum ieee80211_roc_type {
3150 IEEE80211_ROC_TYPE_NORMAL = 0,
3151 IEEE80211_ROC_TYPE_MGMT_TX,
3152};
3153
cf2c92d8
EP
3154/**
3155 * enum ieee80211_reconfig_complete_type - reconfig type
3156 *
3157 * This enum is used by the reconfig_complete() callback to indicate what
3158 * reconfiguration type was completed.
3159 *
3160 * @IEEE80211_RECONFIG_TYPE_RESTART: hw restart type
3161 * (also due to resume() callback returning 1)
3162 * @IEEE80211_RECONFIG_TYPE_SUSPEND: suspend type (regardless
3163 * of wowlan configuration)
3164 */
3165enum ieee80211_reconfig_type {
3166 IEEE80211_RECONFIG_TYPE_RESTART,
3167 IEEE80211_RECONFIG_TYPE_SUSPEND,
3168};
3169
75a5f0cc
JB
3170/**
3171 * struct ieee80211_ops - callbacks from mac80211 to the driver
3172 *
3173 * This structure contains various callbacks that the driver may
3174 * handle or, in some cases, must handle, for example to configure
3175 * the hardware to a new channel or to transmit a frame.
3176 *
3177 * @tx: Handler that 802.11 module calls for each transmitted frame.
3178 * skb contains the buffer starting from the IEEE 802.11 header.
3179 * The low-level driver should send the frame out based on
eefce91a 3180 * configuration in the TX control data. This handler should,
11127e91 3181 * preferably, never fail and stop queues appropriately.
11127e91 3182 * Must be atomic.
75a5f0cc
JB
3183 *
3184 * @start: Called before the first netdevice attached to the hardware
3185 * is enabled. This should turn on the hardware and must turn on
3186 * frame reception (for possibly enabled monitor interfaces.)
3187 * Returns negative error codes, these may be seen in userspace,
3188 * or zero.
3189 * When the device is started it should not have a MAC address
3190 * to avoid acknowledging frames before a non-monitor device
3191 * is added.
e1781ed3 3192 * Must be implemented and can sleep.
75a5f0cc
JB
3193 *
3194 * @stop: Called after last netdevice attached to the hardware
3195 * is disabled. This should turn off the hardware (at least
3196 * it must turn off frame reception.)
3197 * May be called right after add_interface if that rejects
42935eca
LR
3198 * an interface. If you added any work onto the mac80211 workqueue
3199 * you should ensure to cancel it on this callback.
e1781ed3 3200 * Must be implemented and can sleep.
75a5f0cc 3201 *
eecc4800
JB
3202 * @suspend: Suspend the device; mac80211 itself will quiesce before and
3203 * stop transmitting and doing any other configuration, and then
3204 * ask the device to suspend. This is only invoked when WoWLAN is
3205 * configured, otherwise the device is deconfigured completely and
3206 * reconfigured at resume time.
2b4562df
JB
3207 * The driver may also impose special conditions under which it
3208 * wants to use the "normal" suspend (deconfigure), say if it only
3209 * supports WoWLAN when the device is associated. In this case, it
3210 * must return 1 from this function.
eecc4800
JB
3211 *
3212 * @resume: If WoWLAN was configured, this indicates that mac80211 is
3213 * now resuming its operation, after this the device must be fully
3214 * functional again. If this returns an error, the only way out is
3215 * to also unregister the device. If it returns 1, then mac80211
3216 * will also go through the regular complete restart on resume.
3217 *
d13e1414
JB
3218 * @set_wakeup: Enable or disable wakeup when WoWLAN configuration is
3219 * modified. The reason is that device_set_wakeup_enable() is
3220 * supposed to be called when the configuration changes, not only
3221 * in suspend().
3222 *
75a5f0cc 3223 * @add_interface: Called when a netdevice attached to the hardware is
e37d4dff 3224 * enabled. Because it is not called for monitor mode devices, @start
75a5f0cc
JB
3225 * and @stop must be implemented.
3226 * The driver should perform any initialization it needs before
3227 * the device can be enabled. The initial configuration for the
3228 * interface is given in the conf parameter.
3229 * The callback may refuse to add an interface by returning a
3230 * negative error code (which will be seen in userspace.)
e1781ed3 3231 * Must be implemented and can sleep.
75a5f0cc 3232 *
34d4bc4d
JB
3233 * @change_interface: Called when a netdevice changes type. This callback
3234 * is optional, but only if it is supported can interface types be
3235 * switched while the interface is UP. The callback may sleep.
3236 * Note that while an interface is being switched, it will not be
3237 * found by the interface iteration callbacks.
3238 *
75a5f0cc
JB
3239 * @remove_interface: Notifies a driver that an interface is going down.
3240 * The @stop callback is called after this if it is the last interface
3241 * and no monitor interfaces are present.
3242 * When all interfaces are removed, the MAC address in the hardware
3243 * must be cleared so the device no longer acknowledges packets,
3244 * the mac_addr member of the conf structure is, however, set to the
3245 * MAC address of the device going away.
e1781ed3 3246 * Hence, this callback must be implemented. It can sleep.
75a5f0cc
JB
3247 *
3248 * @config: Handler for configuration requests. IEEE 802.11 code calls this
3249 * function to change hardware configuration, e.g., channel.
6dd1bf31 3250 * This function should never fail but returns a negative error code
e1781ed3 3251 * if it does. The callback can sleep.
75a5f0cc 3252 *
471b3efd
JB
3253 * @bss_info_changed: Handler for configuration requests related to BSS
3254 * parameters that may vary during BSS's lifespan, and may affect low
3255 * level driver (e.g. assoc/disassoc status, erp parameters).
3256 * This function should not be used if no BSS has been set, unless
3257 * for association indication. The @changed parameter indicates which
e1781ed3
KV
3258 * of the bss parameters has changed when a call is made. The callback
3259 * can sleep.
471b3efd 3260 *
3ac64bee
JB
3261 * @prepare_multicast: Prepare for multicast filter configuration.
3262 * This callback is optional, and its return value is passed
3263 * to configure_filter(). This callback must be atomic.
3264 *
75a5f0cc
JB
3265 * @configure_filter: Configure the device's RX filter.
3266 * See the section "Frame filtering" for more information.
e1781ed3 3267 * This callback must be implemented and can sleep.
75a5f0cc 3268 *
1b09b556
AO
3269 * @config_iface_filter: Configure the interface's RX filter.
3270 * This callback is optional and is used to configure which frames
3271 * should be passed to mac80211. The filter_flags is the combination
3272 * of FIF_* flags. The changed_flags is a bit mask that indicates
3273 * which flags are changed.
3274 * This callback can sleep.
3275 *
546c80c9 3276 * @set_tim: Set TIM bit. mac80211 calls this function when a TIM bit
17741cdc 3277 * must be set or cleared for a given STA. Must be atomic.
75a5f0cc
JB
3278 *
3279 * @set_key: See the section "Hardware crypto acceleration"
e1781ed3
KV
3280 * This callback is only called between add_interface and
3281 * remove_interface calls, i.e. while the given virtual interface
dc822b5d 3282 * is enabled.
6dd1bf31 3283 * Returns a negative error code if the key can't be added.
e1781ed3 3284 * The callback can sleep.
75a5f0cc 3285 *
9ae4fda3
EG
3286 * @update_tkip_key: See the section "Hardware crypto acceleration"
3287 * This callback will be called in the context of Rx. Called for drivers
3288 * which set IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_TKIP_REQ_RX_P1_KEY.
eb807fb2 3289 * The callback must be atomic.
9ae4fda3 3290 *
c68f4b89
JB
3291 * @set_rekey_data: If the device supports GTK rekeying, for example while the
3292 * host is suspended, it can assign this callback to retrieve the data
3293 * necessary to do GTK rekeying, this is the KEK, KCK and replay counter.
3294 * After rekeying was done it should (for example during resume) notify
3295 * userspace of the new replay counter using ieee80211_gtk_rekey_notify().
3296 *
de5fad81
YD
3297 * @set_default_unicast_key: Set the default (unicast) key index, useful for
3298 * WEP when the device sends data packets autonomously, e.g. for ARP
3299 * offloading. The index can be 0-3, or -1 for unsetting it.
3300 *
75a5f0cc 3301 * @hw_scan: Ask the hardware to service the scan request, no need to start
8318d78a 3302 * the scan state machine in stack. The scan must honour the channel
9050bdd8
KV
3303 * configuration done by the regulatory agent in the wiphy's
3304 * registered bands. The hardware (or the driver) needs to make sure
de95a54b
JB
3305 * that power save is disabled.
3306 * The @req ie/ie_len members are rewritten by mac80211 to contain the
3307 * entire IEs after the SSID, so that drivers need not look at these
3308 * at all but just send them after the SSID -- mac80211 includes the
3309 * (extended) supported rates and HT information (where applicable).
3310 * When the scan finishes, ieee80211_scan_completed() must be called;
3311 * note that it also must be called when the scan cannot finish due to
3312 * any error unless this callback returned a negative error code.
e9da68dd
JB
3313 * This callback is also allowed to return the special return value 1,
3314 * this indicates that hardware scan isn't desirable right now and a
3315 * software scan should be done instead. A driver wishing to use this
3316 * capability must ensure its (hardware) scan capabilities aren't
3317 * advertised as more capable than mac80211's software scan is.
e1781ed3 3318 * The callback can sleep.
75a5f0cc 3319 *
b856439b
EP
3320 * @cancel_hw_scan: Ask the low-level tp cancel the active hw scan.
3321 * The driver should ask the hardware to cancel the scan (if possible),
3322 * but the scan will be completed only after the driver will call
3323 * ieee80211_scan_completed().
3324 * This callback is needed for wowlan, to prevent enqueueing a new
3325 * scan_work after the low-level driver was already suspended.
3326 * The callback can sleep.
3327 *
79f460ca
LC
3328 * @sched_scan_start: Ask the hardware to start scanning repeatedly at
3329 * specific intervals. The driver must call the
3330 * ieee80211_sched_scan_results() function whenever it finds results.
3331 * This process will continue until sched_scan_stop is called.
3332 *
3333 * @sched_scan_stop: Tell the hardware to stop an ongoing scheduled scan.
37e3308c 3334 * In this case, ieee80211_sched_scan_stopped() must not be called.
79f460ca 3335 *
80e775bf
MB
3336 * @sw_scan_start: Notifier function that is called just before a software scan
3337 * is started. Can be NULL, if the driver doesn't need this notification.
a344d677
JB
3338 * The mac_addr parameter allows supporting NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR,
3339 * the driver may set the NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR flag if it
3340 * can use this parameter. The callback can sleep.
80e775bf 3341 *
e1781ed3
KV
3342 * @sw_scan_complete: Notifier function that is called just after a
3343 * software scan finished. Can be NULL, if the driver doesn't need
3344 * this notification.
3345 * The callback can sleep.
80e775bf 3346 *
6dd1bf31
BC
3347 * @get_stats: Return low-level statistics.
3348 * Returns zero if statistics are available.
e1781ed3 3349 * The callback can sleep.
75a5f0cc 3350 *
9352c19f
JB
3351 * @get_key_seq: If your device implements encryption in hardware and does
3352 * IV/PN assignment then this callback should be provided to read the
3353 * IV/PN for the given key from hardware.
e1781ed3 3354 * The callback must be atomic.
75a5f0cc 3355 *
f23a4780 3356 * @set_frag_threshold: Configuration of fragmentation threshold. Assign this
f3fe4e93
SS
3357 * if the device does fragmentation by itself. Note that to prevent the
3358 * stack from doing fragmentation IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_TX_FRAG
3359 * should be set as well.
f23a4780
AN
3360 * The callback can sleep.
3361 *
75a5f0cc 3362 * @set_rts_threshold: Configuration of RTS threshold (if device needs it)
e1781ed3 3363 * The callback can sleep.
75a5f0cc 3364 *
34e89507
JB
3365 * @sta_add: Notifies low level driver about addition of an associated station,
3366 * AP, IBSS/WDS/mesh peer etc. This callback can sleep.
3367 *
3368 * @sta_remove: Notifies low level driver about removal of an associated
6a9d1b91
JB
3369 * station, AP, IBSS/WDS/mesh peer etc. Note that after the callback
3370 * returns it isn't safe to use the pointer, not even RCU protected;
3371 * no RCU grace period is guaranteed between returning here and freeing
3372 * the station. See @sta_pre_rcu_remove if needed.
3373 * This callback can sleep.
34e89507 3374 *
77d2ece6
SM
3375 * @sta_add_debugfs: Drivers can use this callback to add debugfs files
3376 * when a station is added to mac80211's station list. This callback
c7e9dbcf
JB
3377 * should be within a CONFIG_MAC80211_DEBUGFS conditional. This
3378 * callback can sleep.
77d2ece6 3379 *
34e89507 3380 * @sta_notify: Notifies low level driver about power state transition of an
d057e5a3
AN
3381 * associated station, AP, IBSS/WDS/mesh peer etc. For a VIF operating
3382 * in AP mode, this callback will not be called when the flag
3383 * %IEEE80211_HW_AP_LINK_PS is set. Must be atomic.
4571d3bf 3384 *
f09603a2
JB
3385 * @sta_state: Notifies low level driver about state transition of a
3386 * station (which can be the AP, a client, IBSS/WDS/mesh peer etc.)
3387 * This callback is mutually exclusive with @sta_add/@sta_remove.
3388 * It must not fail for down transitions but may fail for transitions
6a9d1b91
JB
3389 * up the list of states. Also note that after the callback returns it
3390 * isn't safe to use the pointer, not even RCU protected - no RCU grace
3391 * period is guaranteed between returning here and freeing the station.
3392 * See @sta_pre_rcu_remove if needed.
3393 * The callback can sleep.
3394 *
3395 * @sta_pre_rcu_remove: Notify driver about station removal before RCU
3396 * synchronisation. This is useful if a driver needs to have station
3397 * pointers protected using RCU, it can then use this call to clear
3398 * the pointers instead of waiting for an RCU grace period to elapse
3399 * in @sta_state.
f09603a2
JB
3400 * The callback can sleep.
3401 *
8f727ef3
JB
3402 * @sta_rc_update: Notifies the driver of changes to the bitrates that can be
3403 * used to transmit to the station. The changes are advertised with bits
3404 * from &enum ieee80211_rate_control_changed and the values are reflected
3405 * in the station data. This callback should only be used when the driver
3406 * uses hardware rate control (%IEEE80211_HW_HAS_RATE_CONTROL) since
3407 * otherwise the rate control algorithm is notified directly.
3408 * Must be atomic.
f815e2b3
JB
3409 * @sta_rate_tbl_update: Notifies the driver that the rate table changed. This
3410 * is only used if the configured rate control algorithm actually uses
3411 * the new rate table API, and is therefore optional. Must be atomic.
8f727ef3 3412 *
2b9a7e1b
JB
3413 * @sta_statistics: Get statistics for this station. For example with beacon
3414 * filtering, the statistics kept by mac80211 might not be accurate, so
3415 * let the driver pre-fill the statistics. The driver can fill most of
3416 * the values (indicating which by setting the filled bitmap), but not
3417 * all of them make sense - see the source for which ones are possible.
3418 * Statistics that the driver doesn't fill will be filled by mac80211.
3419 * The callback can sleep.
3420 *
75a5f0cc 3421 * @conf_tx: Configure TX queue parameters (EDCF (aifs, cw_min, cw_max),
fe3fa827 3422 * bursting) for a hardware TX queue.
6dd1bf31 3423 * Returns a negative error code on failure.
e1781ed3 3424 * The callback can sleep.
75a5f0cc 3425 *
75a5f0cc 3426 * @get_tsf: Get the current TSF timer value from firmware/hardware. Currently,
3b5d665b 3427 * this is only used for IBSS mode BSSID merging and debugging. Is not a
7b08b3b4 3428 * required function.
e1781ed3 3429 * The callback can sleep.
3b5d665b
AF
3430 *
3431 * @set_tsf: Set the TSF timer to the specified value in the firmware/hardware.
ad24b0da 3432 * Currently, this is only used for IBSS mode debugging. Is not a
7b08b3b4 3433 * required function.
e1781ed3 3434 * The callback can sleep.
75a5f0cc 3435 *
354d381b
PT
3436 * @offset_tsf: Offset the TSF timer by the specified value in the
3437 * firmware/hardware. Preferred to set_tsf as it avoids delay between
3438 * calling set_tsf() and hardware getting programmed, which will show up
3439 * as TSF delay. Is not a required function.
3440 * The callback can sleep.
3441 *
75a5f0cc
JB
3442 * @reset_tsf: Reset the TSF timer and allow firmware/hardware to synchronize
3443 * with other STAs in the IBSS. This is only used in IBSS mode. This
3444 * function is optional if the firmware/hardware takes full care of
3445 * TSF synchronization.
e1781ed3 3446 * The callback can sleep.
75a5f0cc 3447 *
75a5f0cc
JB
3448 * @tx_last_beacon: Determine whether the last IBSS beacon was sent by us.
3449 * This is needed only for IBSS mode and the result of this function is
3450 * used to determine whether to reply to Probe Requests.
6dd1bf31 3451 * Returns non-zero if this device sent the last beacon.
e1781ed3 3452 * The callback can sleep.
d3c990fb 3453 *
4e8998f0
RD
3454 * @get_survey: Return per-channel survey information
3455 *
1f87f7d3
JB
3456 * @rfkill_poll: Poll rfkill hardware state. If you need this, you also
3457 * need to set wiphy->rfkill_poll to %true before registration,
3458 * and need to call wiphy_rfkill_set_hw_state() in the callback.
e1781ed3 3459 * The callback can sleep.
aff89a9b 3460 *
310bc676
LT
3461 * @set_coverage_class: Set slot time for given coverage class as specified
3462 * in IEEE 802.11-2007 section 17.3.8.6 and modify ACK timeout
a4bcaf55
LB
3463 * accordingly; coverage class equals to -1 to enable ACK timeout
3464 * estimation algorithm (dynack). To disable dynack set valid value for
3465 * coverage class. This callback is not required and may sleep.
310bc676 3466 *
52981cd7
DS
3467 * @testmode_cmd: Implement a cfg80211 test mode command. The passed @vif may
3468 * be %NULL. The callback can sleep.
71063f0e 3469 * @testmode_dump: Implement a cfg80211 test mode dump. The callback can sleep.
a80f7c0b
JB
3470 *
3471 * @flush: Flush all pending frames from the hardware queue, making sure
39ecc01d
JB
3472 * that the hardware queues are empty. The @queues parameter is a bitmap
3473 * of queues to flush, which is useful if different virtual interfaces
3474 * use different hardware queues; it may also indicate all queues.
3475 * If the parameter @drop is set to %true, pending frames may be dropped.
77be2c54 3476 * Note that vif can be NULL.
39ecc01d 3477 * The callback can sleep.
5ce6e438
JB
3478 *
3479 * @channel_switch: Drivers that need (or want) to offload the channel
3480 * switch operation for CSAs received from the AP may implement this
3481 * callback. They must then call ieee80211_chswitch_done() to indicate
3482 * completion of the channel switch.
4e6cbfd0 3483 *
79b1c460
BR
3484 * @set_antenna: Set antenna configuration (tx_ant, rx_ant) on the device.
3485 * Parameters are bitmaps of allowed antennas to use for TX/RX. Drivers may
3486 * reject TX/RX mask combinations they cannot support by returning -EINVAL
3487 * (also see nl80211.h @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX).
3488 *
3489 * @get_antenna: Get current antenna configuration from device (tx_ant, rx_ant).
4976b4eb
JB
3490 *
3491 * @remain_on_channel: Starts an off-channel period on the given channel, must
3492 * call back to ieee80211_ready_on_channel() when on that channel. Note
3493 * that normal channel traffic is not stopped as this is intended for hw
3494 * offload. Frames to transmit on the off-channel channel are transmitted
3495 * normally except for the %IEEE80211_TX_CTL_TX_OFFCHAN flag. When the
3496 * duration (which will always be non-zero) expires, the driver must call
196ac1c1 3497 * ieee80211_remain_on_channel_expired().
196ac1c1
JB
3498 * Note that this callback may be called while the device is in IDLE and
3499 * must be accepted in this case.
3500 * This callback may sleep.
4976b4eb
JB
3501 * @cancel_remain_on_channel: Requests that an ongoing off-channel period is
3502 * aborted before it expires. This callback may sleep.
38c09159
JL
3503 *
3504 * @set_ringparam: Set tx and rx ring sizes.
3505 *
3506 * @get_ringparam: Get tx and rx ring current and maximum sizes.
e8306f98
VN
3507 *
3508 * @tx_frames_pending: Check if there is any pending frame in the hardware
3509 * queues before entering power save.
bdbfd6b5
SM
3510 *
3511 * @set_bitrate_mask: Set a mask of rates to be used for rate control selection
3512 * when transmitting a frame. Currently only legacy rates are handled.
3513 * The callback can sleep.
a8182929
EG
3514 * @event_callback: Notify driver about any event in mac80211. See
3515 * &enum ieee80211_event_type for the different types.
6382246e 3516 * The callback must be atomic.
4049e09a
JB
3517 *
3518 * @release_buffered_frames: Release buffered frames according to the given
3519 * parameters. In the case where the driver buffers some frames for
3520 * sleeping stations mac80211 will use this callback to tell the driver
3521 * to release some frames, either for PS-poll or uAPSD.
e227867f 3522 * Note that if the @more_data parameter is %false the driver must check
4049e09a
JB
3523 * if there are more frames on the given TIDs, and if there are more than
3524 * the frames being released then it must still set the more-data bit in
3525 * the frame. If the @more_data parameter is %true, then of course the
3526 * more-data bit must always be set.
3527 * The @tids parameter tells the driver which TIDs to release frames
3528 * from, for PS-poll it will always have only a single bit set.
deeaee19
JB
3529 * In the case this is used for a PS-poll initiated release, the
3530 * @num_frames parameter will always be 1 so code can be shared. In
3531 * this case the driver must also set %IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP flag
3532 * on the TX status (and must report TX status) so that the PS-poll
3533 * period is properly ended. This is used to avoid sending multiple
3534 * responses for a retried PS-poll frame.
4049e09a
JB
3535 * In the case this is used for uAPSD, the @num_frames parameter may be
3536 * bigger than one, but the driver may send fewer frames (it must send
3537 * at least one, however). In this case it is also responsible for
47086fc5
JB
3538 * setting the EOSP flag in the QoS header of the frames. Also, when the
3539 * service period ends, the driver must set %IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP
37fbd908 3540 * on the last frame in the SP. Alternatively, it may call the function
e943789e 3541 * ieee80211_sta_eosp() to inform mac80211 of the end of the SP.
4049e09a 3542 * This callback must be atomic.
40b96408
JB
3543 * @allow_buffered_frames: Prepare device to allow the given number of frames
3544 * to go out to the given station. The frames will be sent by mac80211
3545 * via the usual TX path after this call. The TX information for frames
02f2f1a9 3546 * released will also have the %IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_PS_BUFFER flag set
40b96408
JB
3547 * and the last one will also have %IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP set. In case
3548 * frames from multiple TIDs are released and the driver might reorder
3549 * them between the TIDs, it must set the %IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP flag
3550 * on the last frame and clear it on all others and also handle the EOSP
37fbd908 3551 * bit in the QoS header correctly. Alternatively, it can also call the
e943789e 3552 * ieee80211_sta_eosp() function.
40b96408
JB
3553 * The @tids parameter is a bitmap and tells the driver which TIDs the
3554 * frames will be on; it will at most have two bits set.
3555 * This callback must be atomic.
e352114f
BG
3556 *
3557 * @get_et_sset_count: Ethtool API to get string-set count.
3558 *
3559 * @get_et_stats: Ethtool API to get a set of u64 stats.
3560 *
3561 * @get_et_strings: Ethtool API to get a set of strings to describe stats
3562 * and perhaps other supported types of ethtool data-sets.
3563 *
a1845fc7
JB
3564 * @mgd_prepare_tx: Prepare for transmitting a management frame for association
3565 * before associated. In multi-channel scenarios, a virtual interface is
3566 * bound to a channel before it is associated, but as it isn't associated
3567 * yet it need not necessarily be given airtime, in particular since any
3568 * transmission to a P2P GO needs to be synchronized against the GO's
3569 * powersave state. mac80211 will call this function before transmitting a
3570 * management frame prior to having successfully associated to allow the
3571 * driver to give it channel time for the transmission, to get a response
3572 * and to be able to synchronize with the GO.
94ba9271
IP
3573 * For drivers that set %IEEE80211_HW_DEAUTH_NEED_MGD_TX_PREP, mac80211
3574 * would also call this function before transmitting a deauthentication
3575 * frame in case that no beacon was heard from the AP/P2P GO.
a1845fc7
JB
3576 * The callback will be called before each transmission and upon return
3577 * mac80211 will transmit the frame right away.
d4e36e55
IP
3578 * If duration is greater than zero, mac80211 hints to the driver the
3579 * duration for which the operation is requested.
a1845fc7 3580 * The callback is optional and can (should!) sleep.
c3645eac 3581 *
ee10f2c7
AN
3582 * @mgd_protect_tdls_discover: Protect a TDLS discovery session. After sending
3583 * a TDLS discovery-request, we expect a reply to arrive on the AP's
3584 * channel. We must stay on the channel (no PSM, scan, etc.), since a TDLS
3585 * setup-response is a direct packet not buffered by the AP.
3586 * mac80211 will call this function just before the transmission of a TDLS
3587 * discovery-request. The recommended period of protection is at least
3588 * 2 * (DTIM period).
3589 * The callback is optional and can sleep.
3590 *
c3645eac 3591 * @add_chanctx: Notifies device driver about new channel context creation.
dcae9e02 3592 * This callback may sleep.
c3645eac 3593 * @remove_chanctx: Notifies device driver about channel context destruction.
dcae9e02 3594 * This callback may sleep.
c3645eac
MK
3595 * @change_chanctx: Notifies device driver about channel context changes that
3596 * may happen when combining different virtual interfaces on the same
3597 * channel context with different settings
dcae9e02 3598 * This callback may sleep.
c3645eac
MK
3599 * @assign_vif_chanctx: Notifies device driver about channel context being bound
3600 * to vif. Possible use is for hw queue remapping.
dcae9e02 3601 * This callback may sleep.
c3645eac
MK
3602 * @unassign_vif_chanctx: Notifies device driver about channel context being
3603 * unbound from vif.
dcae9e02 3604 * This callback may sleep.
1a5f0c13
LC
3605 * @switch_vif_chanctx: switch a number of vifs from one chanctx to
3606 * another, as specified in the list of
3607 * @ieee80211_vif_chanctx_switch passed to the driver, according
3608 * to the mode defined in &ieee80211_chanctx_switch_mode.
dcae9e02 3609 * This callback may sleep.
1a5f0c13 3610 *
1041638f
JB
3611 * @start_ap: Start operation on the AP interface, this is called after all the
3612 * information in bss_conf is set and beacon can be retrieved. A channel
3613 * context is bound before this is called. Note that if the driver uses
3614 * software scan or ROC, this (and @stop_ap) isn't called when the AP is
3615 * just "paused" for scanning/ROC, which is indicated by the beacon being
3616 * disabled/enabled via @bss_info_changed.
3617 * @stop_ap: Stop operation on the AP interface.
9214ad7f 3618 *
cf2c92d8
EP
3619 * @reconfig_complete: Called after a call to ieee80211_restart_hw() and
3620 * during resume, when the reconfiguration has completed.
3621 * This can help the driver implement the reconfiguration step (and
3622 * indicate mac80211 is ready to receive frames).
3623 * This callback may sleep.
8f21b0ad 3624 *
a65240c1
JB
3625 * @ipv6_addr_change: IPv6 address assignment on the given interface changed.
3626 * Currently, this is only called for managed or P2P client interfaces.
3627 * This callback is optional; it must not sleep.
73da7d5b
SW
3628 *
3629 * @channel_switch_beacon: Starts a channel switch to a new channel.
3630 * Beacons are modified to include CSA or ECSA IEs before calling this
3631 * function. The corresponding count fields in these IEs must be
66e01cf9 3632 * decremented, and when they reach 1 the driver must call
73da7d5b
SW
3633 * ieee80211_csa_finish(). Drivers which use ieee80211_beacon_get()
3634 * get the csa counter decremented by mac80211, but must check if it is
66e01cf9 3635 * 1 using ieee80211_csa_is_complete() after the beacon has been
73da7d5b 3636 * transmitted and then call ieee80211_csa_finish().
66e01cf9
LC
3637 * If the CSA count starts as zero or 1, this function will not be called,
3638 * since there won't be any time to beacon before the switch anyway.
6d027bcc
LC
3639 * @pre_channel_switch: This is an optional callback that is called
3640 * before a channel switch procedure is started (ie. when a STA
9332ef9d 3641 * gets a CSA or a userspace initiated channel-switch), allowing
6d027bcc 3642 * the driver to prepare for the channel switch.
f1d65583
LC
3643 * @post_channel_switch: This is an optional callback that is called
3644 * after a channel switch procedure is completed, allowing the
3645 * driver to go back to a normal configuration.
b9cc81d8
SS
3646 * @abort_channel_switch: This is an optional callback that is called
3647 * when channel switch procedure was completed, allowing the
3648 * driver to go back to a normal configuration.
fafd2bce
SS
3649 * @channel_switch_rx_beacon: This is an optional callback that is called
3650 * when channel switch procedure is in progress and additional beacon with
3651 * CSA IE was received, allowing driver to track changes in count.
55fff501
JB
3652 * @join_ibss: Join an IBSS (on an IBSS interface); this is called after all
3653 * information in bss_conf is set up and the beacon can be retrieved. A
3654 * channel context is bound before this is called.
3655 * @leave_ibss: Leave the IBSS again.
cca674d4
AQ
3656 *
3657 * @get_expected_throughput: extract the expected throughput towards the
3658 * specified station. The returned value is expressed in Kbps. It returns 0
3659 * if the RC algorithm does not have proper data to provide.
5b3dc42b
FF
3660 *
3661 * @get_txpower: get current maximum tx power (in dBm) based on configuration
3662 * and hardware limits.
a7a6bdd0
AN
3663 *
3664 * @tdls_channel_switch: Start channel-switching with a TDLS peer. The driver
3665 * is responsible for continually initiating channel-switching operations
3666 * and returning to the base channel for communication with the AP. The
3667 * driver receives a channel-switch request template and the location of
3668 * the switch-timing IE within the template as part of the invocation.
3669 * The template is valid only within the call, and the driver can
3670 * optionally copy the skb for further re-use.
3671 * @tdls_cancel_channel_switch: Stop channel-switching with a TDLS peer. Both
3672 * peers must be on the base channel when the call completes.
8a4d32f3
AN
3673 * @tdls_recv_channel_switch: a TDLS channel-switch related frame (request or
3674 * response) has been received from a remote peer. The driver gets
3675 * parameters parsed from the incoming frame and may use them to continue
3676 * an ongoing channel-switch operation. In addition, a channel-switch
3677 * response template is provided, together with the location of the
3678 * switch-timing IE within the template. The skb can only be used within
3679 * the function call.
ba8c3d6f
FF
3680 *
3681 * @wake_tx_queue: Called when new packets have been added to the queue.
f59374eb
SS
3682 * @sync_rx_queues: Process all pending frames in RSS queues. This is a
3683 * synchronization which is needed in case driver has in its RSS queues
3684 * pending frames that were received prior to the control path action
3685 * currently taken (e.g. disassociation) but are not processed yet.
708d50ed
AB
3686 *
3687 * @start_nan: join an existing NAN cluster, or create a new one.
3688 * @stop_nan: leave the NAN cluster.
5953ff6d
AB
3689 * @nan_change_conf: change NAN configuration. The data in cfg80211_nan_conf
3690 * contains full new configuration and changes specify which parameters
3691 * are changed with respect to the last NAN config.
3692 * The driver gets both full configuration and the changed parameters since
3693 * some devices may need the full configuration while others need only the
3694 * changed parameters.
167e33f4
AB
3695 * @add_nan_func: Add a NAN function. Returns 0 on success. The data in
3696 * cfg80211_nan_func must not be referenced outside the scope of
3697 * this call.
3698 * @del_nan_func: Remove a NAN function. The driver must call
3699 * ieee80211_nan_func_terminated() with
3700 * NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_USER_REQUEST reason code upon removal.
9739fe29
SS
3701 * @can_aggregate_in_amsdu: Called in order to determine if HW supports
3702 * aggregating two specific frames in the same A-MSDU. The relation
3703 * between the skbs should be symmetric and transitive. Note that while
3704 * skb is always a real frame, head may or may not be an A-MSDU.
bc847970
PKC
3705 * @get_ftm_responder_stats: Retrieve FTM responder statistics, if available.
3706 * Statistics should be cumulative, currently no way to reset is provided.
cee7013b
JB
3707 *
3708 * @start_pmsr: start peer measurement (e.g. FTM) (this call can sleep)
3709 * @abort_pmsr: abort peer measurement (this call can sleep)
75a5f0cc 3710 */
f0706e82 3711struct ieee80211_ops {
36323f81
TH
3712 void (*tx)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3713 struct ieee80211_tx_control *control,
3714 struct sk_buff *skb);
4150c572 3715 int (*start)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
4150c572 3716 void (*stop)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
eecc4800
JB
3717#ifdef CONFIG_PM
3718 int (*suspend)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct cfg80211_wowlan *wowlan);
3719 int (*resume)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
6d52563f 3720 void (*set_wakeup)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, bool enabled);
eecc4800 3721#endif
f0706e82 3722 int (*add_interface)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
1ed32e4f 3723 struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
34d4bc4d
JB
3724 int (*change_interface)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3725 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
2ca27bcf 3726 enum nl80211_iftype new_type, bool p2p);
f0706e82 3727 void (*remove_interface)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
1ed32e4f 3728 struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
e8975581 3729 int (*config)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u32 changed);
471b3efd
JB
3730 void (*bss_info_changed)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3731 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3732 struct ieee80211_bss_conf *info,
3733 u32 changed);
b2abb6e2 3734
1041638f
JB
3735 int (*start_ap)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
3736 void (*stop_ap)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
3737
3ac64bee 3738 u64 (*prepare_multicast)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
22bedad3 3739 struct netdev_hw_addr_list *mc_list);
4150c572
JB
3740 void (*configure_filter)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3741 unsigned int changed_flags,
3742 unsigned int *total_flags,
3ac64bee 3743 u64 multicast);
1b09b556
AO
3744 void (*config_iface_filter)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3745 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3746 unsigned int filter_flags,
3747 unsigned int changed_flags);
17741cdc
JB
3748 int (*set_tim)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
3749 bool set);
ea49c359 3750 int (*set_key)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, enum set_key_cmd cmd,
dc822b5d 3751 struct ieee80211_vif *vif, struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
11a843b7 3752 struct ieee80211_key_conf *key);
9ae4fda3 3753 void (*update_tkip_key)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
b3fbdcf4
JB
3754 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3755 struct ieee80211_key_conf *conf,
3756 struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
3757 u32 iv32, u16 *phase1key);
c68f4b89
JB
3758 void (*set_rekey_data)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3759 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3760 struct cfg80211_gtk_rekey_data *data);
de5fad81
YD
3761 void (*set_default_unicast_key)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3762 struct ieee80211_vif *vif, int idx);
a060bbfe 3763 int (*hw_scan)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
c56ef672 3764 struct ieee80211_scan_request *req);
b856439b
EP
3765 void (*cancel_hw_scan)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3766 struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
79f460ca
LC
3767 int (*sched_scan_start)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3768 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3769 struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request *req,
633e2713 3770 struct ieee80211_scan_ies *ies);
37e3308c 3771 int (*sched_scan_stop)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
79f460ca 3772 struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
a344d677
JB
3773 void (*sw_scan_start)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3774 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3775 const u8 *mac_addr);
3776 void (*sw_scan_complete)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3777 struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
f0706e82
JB
3778 int (*get_stats)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3779 struct ieee80211_low_level_stats *stats);
9352c19f
JB
3780 void (*get_key_seq)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3781 struct ieee80211_key_conf *key,
3782 struct ieee80211_key_seq *seq);
f23a4780 3783 int (*set_frag_threshold)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u32 value);
f0706e82 3784 int (*set_rts_threshold)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u32 value);
34e89507
JB
3785 int (*sta_add)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3786 struct ieee80211_sta *sta);
3787 int (*sta_remove)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3788 struct ieee80211_sta *sta);
77d2ece6
SM
3789#ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_DEBUGFS
3790 void (*sta_add_debugfs)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3791 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3792 struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
3793 struct dentry *dir);
77d2ece6 3794#endif
32bfd35d 3795 void (*sta_notify)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
17741cdc 3796 enum sta_notify_cmd, struct ieee80211_sta *sta);
f09603a2
JB
3797 int (*sta_state)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3798 struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
3799 enum ieee80211_sta_state old_state,
3800 enum ieee80211_sta_state new_state);
6a9d1b91
JB
3801 void (*sta_pre_rcu_remove)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3802 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3803 struct ieee80211_sta *sta);
8f727ef3
JB
3804 void (*sta_rc_update)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3805 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3806 struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
3807 u32 changed);
f815e2b3
JB
3808 void (*sta_rate_tbl_update)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3809 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3810 struct ieee80211_sta *sta);
2b9a7e1b
JB
3811 void (*sta_statistics)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3812 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3813 struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
3814 struct station_info *sinfo);
8a3a3c85 3815 int (*conf_tx)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
a3304b0a 3816 struct ieee80211_vif *vif, u16 ac,
f0706e82 3817 const struct ieee80211_tx_queue_params *params);
37a41b4a
EP
3818 u64 (*get_tsf)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
3819 void (*set_tsf)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3820 u64 tsf);
354d381b
PT
3821 void (*offset_tsf)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3822 s64 offset);
37a41b4a 3823 void (*reset_tsf)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
f0706e82 3824 int (*tx_last_beacon)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
57eeb208
JB
3825
3826 /**
3827 * @ampdu_action:
3828 * Perform a certain A-MPDU action.
3829 * The RA/TID combination determines the destination and TID we want
3830 * the ampdu action to be performed for. The action is defined through
3831 * ieee80211_ampdu_mlme_action.
3832 * When the action is set to %IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_OPERATIONAL the driver
3833 * may neither send aggregates containing more subframes than @buf_size
3834 * nor send aggregates in a way that lost frames would exceed the
3835 * buffer size. If just limiting the aggregate size, this would be
3836 * possible with a buf_size of 8:
3837 *
3838 * - ``TX: 1.....7``
3839 * - ``RX: 2....7`` (lost frame #1)
3840 * - ``TX: 8..1...``
3841 *
3842 * which is invalid since #1 was now re-transmitted well past the
3843 * buffer size of 8. Correct ways to retransmit #1 would be:
3844 *
3845 * - ``TX: 1 or``
3846 * - ``TX: 18 or``
3847 * - ``TX: 81``
3848 *
3849 * Even ``189`` would be wrong since 1 could be lost again.
3850 *
3851 * Returns a negative error code on failure.
3852 * The callback can sleep.
3853 */
1b7d03ac 3854 int (*ampdu_action)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
c951ad35 3855 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
50ea05ef 3856 struct ieee80211_ampdu_params *params);
1289723e
HS
3857 int (*get_survey)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, int idx,
3858 struct survey_info *survey);
1f87f7d3 3859 void (*rfkill_poll)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
a4bcaf55 3860 void (*set_coverage_class)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, s16 coverage_class);
aff89a9b 3861#ifdef CONFIG_NL80211_TESTMODE
52981cd7
DS
3862 int (*testmode_cmd)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3863 void *data, int len);
71063f0e
WYG
3864 int (*testmode_dump)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct sk_buff *skb,
3865 struct netlink_callback *cb,
3866 void *data, int len);
aff89a9b 3867#endif
77be2c54
EG
3868 void (*flush)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3869 u32 queues, bool drop);
5ce6e438 3870 void (*channel_switch)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
0f791eb4 3871 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
5ce6e438 3872 struct ieee80211_channel_switch *ch_switch);
15d96753
BR
3873 int (*set_antenna)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u32 tx_ant, u32 rx_ant);
3874 int (*get_antenna)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u32 *tx_ant, u32 *rx_ant);
21f83589
JB
3875
3876 int (*remain_on_channel)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
49884568 3877 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
21f83589 3878 struct ieee80211_channel *chan,
d339d5ca
IP
3879 int duration,
3880 enum ieee80211_roc_type type);
21f83589 3881 int (*cancel_remain_on_channel)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
38c09159
JL
3882 int (*set_ringparam)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u32 tx, u32 rx);
3883 void (*get_ringparam)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3884 u32 *tx, u32 *tx_max, u32 *rx, u32 *rx_max);
e8306f98 3885 bool (*tx_frames_pending)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
bdbfd6b5
SM
3886 int (*set_bitrate_mask)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3887 const struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask *mask);
a8182929
EG
3888 void (*event_callback)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3889 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3890 const struct ieee80211_event *event);
4049e09a 3891
40b96408
JB
3892 void (*allow_buffered_frames)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3893 struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
3894 u16 tids, int num_frames,
3895 enum ieee80211_frame_release_type reason,
3896 bool more_data);
4049e09a
JB
3897 void (*release_buffered_frames)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3898 struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
3899 u16 tids, int num_frames,
3900 enum ieee80211_frame_release_type reason,
3901 bool more_data);
e352114f
BG
3902
3903 int (*get_et_sset_count)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3904 struct ieee80211_vif *vif, int sset);
3905 void (*get_et_stats)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3906 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3907 struct ethtool_stats *stats, u64 *data);
3908 void (*get_et_strings)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3909 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3910 u32 sset, u8 *data);
a1845fc7
JB
3911
3912 void (*mgd_prepare_tx)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
d4e36e55
IP
3913 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3914 u16 duration);
c3645eac 3915
ee10f2c7
AN
3916 void (*mgd_protect_tdls_discover)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3917 struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
3918
c3645eac
MK
3919 int (*add_chanctx)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3920 struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf *ctx);
3921 void (*remove_chanctx)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3922 struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf *ctx);
3923 void (*change_chanctx)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3924 struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf *ctx,
3925 u32 changed);
3926 int (*assign_vif_chanctx)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3927 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3928 struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf *ctx);
3929 void (*unassign_vif_chanctx)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3930 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3931 struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf *ctx);
1a5f0c13
LC
3932 int (*switch_vif_chanctx)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3933 struct ieee80211_vif_chanctx_switch *vifs,
3934 int n_vifs,
3935 enum ieee80211_chanctx_switch_mode mode);
9214ad7f 3936
cf2c92d8
EP
3937 void (*reconfig_complete)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3938 enum ieee80211_reconfig_type reconfig_type);
a65240c1
JB
3939
3940#if IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_IPV6)
3941 void (*ipv6_addr_change)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3942 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3943 struct inet6_dev *idev);
3944#endif
73da7d5b
SW
3945 void (*channel_switch_beacon)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3946 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3947 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef);
6d027bcc
LC
3948 int (*pre_channel_switch)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3949 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3950 struct ieee80211_channel_switch *ch_switch);
55fff501 3951
f1d65583
LC
3952 int (*post_channel_switch)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3953 struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
b9cc81d8
SS
3954 void (*abort_channel_switch)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3955 struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
fafd2bce
SS
3956 void (*channel_switch_rx_beacon)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3957 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3958 struct ieee80211_channel_switch *ch_switch);
f1d65583 3959
55fff501
JB
3960 int (*join_ibss)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
3961 void (*leave_ibss)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
2439ca04
MA
3962 u32 (*get_expected_throughput)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3963 struct ieee80211_sta *sta);
5b3dc42b
FF
3964 int (*get_txpower)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3965 int *dbm);
a7a6bdd0
AN
3966
3967 int (*tdls_channel_switch)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3968 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3969 struct ieee80211_sta *sta, u8 oper_class,
3970 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
8a4d32f3 3971 struct sk_buff *tmpl_skb, u32 ch_sw_tm_ie);
a7a6bdd0
AN
3972 void (*tdls_cancel_channel_switch)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3973 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3974 struct ieee80211_sta *sta);
8a4d32f3
AN
3975 void (*tdls_recv_channel_switch)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3976 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3977 struct ieee80211_tdls_ch_sw_params *params);
ba8c3d6f 3978
e7881bd5
JB
3979 void (*wake_tx_queue)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3980 struct ieee80211_txq *txq);
f59374eb 3981 void (*sync_rx_queues)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
708d50ed
AB
3982
3983 int (*start_nan)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3984 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3985 struct cfg80211_nan_conf *conf);
3986 int (*stop_nan)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3987 struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
5953ff6d
AB
3988 int (*nan_change_conf)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3989 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3990 struct cfg80211_nan_conf *conf, u32 changes);
167e33f4
AB
3991 int (*add_nan_func)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3992 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3993 const struct cfg80211_nan_func *nan_func);
3994 void (*del_nan_func)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3995 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3996 u8 instance_id);
9739fe29
SS
3997 bool (*can_aggregate_in_amsdu)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3998 struct sk_buff *head,
3999 struct sk_buff *skb);
bc847970
PKC
4000 int (*get_ftm_responder_stats)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4001 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4002 struct cfg80211_ftm_responder_stats *ftm_stats);
cee7013b
JB
4003 int (*start_pmsr)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4004 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *request);
4005 void (*abort_pmsr)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4006 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *request);
f0706e82
JB
4007};
4008
75a5f0cc 4009/**
ad28757e 4010 * ieee80211_alloc_hw_nm - Allocate a new hardware device
75a5f0cc
JB
4011 *
4012 * This must be called once for each hardware device. The returned pointer
4013 * must be used to refer to this device when calling other functions.
4014 * mac80211 allocates a private data area for the driver pointed to by
4015 * @priv in &struct ieee80211_hw, the size of this area is given as
4016 * @priv_data_len.
4017 *
4018 * @priv_data_len: length of private data
4019 * @ops: callbacks for this device
ad28757e
BG
4020 * @requested_name: Requested name for this device.
4021 * NULL is valid value, and means use the default naming (phy%d)
0ae997dc
YB
4022 *
4023 * Return: A pointer to the new hardware device, or %NULL on error.
f0706e82 4024 */
ad28757e
BG
4025struct ieee80211_hw *ieee80211_alloc_hw_nm(size_t priv_data_len,
4026 const struct ieee80211_ops *ops,
4027 const char *requested_name);
4028
4029/**
4030 * ieee80211_alloc_hw - Allocate a new hardware device
4031 *
4032 * This must be called once for each hardware device. The returned pointer
4033 * must be used to refer to this device when calling other functions.
4034 * mac80211 allocates a private data area for the driver pointed to by
4035 * @priv in &struct ieee80211_hw, the size of this area is given as
4036 * @priv_data_len.
4037 *
4038 * @priv_data_len: length of private data
4039 * @ops: callbacks for this device
4040 *
4041 * Return: A pointer to the new hardware device, or %NULL on error.
4042 */
4043static inline
f0706e82 4044struct ieee80211_hw *ieee80211_alloc_hw(size_t priv_data_len,
ad28757e
BG
4045 const struct ieee80211_ops *ops)
4046{
4047 return ieee80211_alloc_hw_nm(priv_data_len, ops, NULL);
4048}
f0706e82 4049
75a5f0cc
JB
4050/**
4051 * ieee80211_register_hw - Register hardware device
4052 *
dbbea671
JB
4053 * You must call this function before any other functions in
4054 * mac80211. Note that before a hardware can be registered, you
4055 * need to fill the contained wiphy's information.
75a5f0cc
JB
4056 *
4057 * @hw: the device to register as returned by ieee80211_alloc_hw()
0ae997dc
YB
4058 *
4059 * Return: 0 on success. An error code otherwise.
75a5f0cc 4060 */
f0706e82
JB
4061int ieee80211_register_hw(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
4062
e1e54068
JB
4063/**
4064 * struct ieee80211_tpt_blink - throughput blink description
4065 * @throughput: throughput in Kbit/sec
4066 * @blink_time: blink time in milliseconds
4067 * (full cycle, ie. one off + one on period)
4068 */
4069struct ieee80211_tpt_blink {
4070 int throughput;
4071 int blink_time;
4072};
4073
67408c8c
JB
4074/**
4075 * enum ieee80211_tpt_led_trigger_flags - throughput trigger flags
4076 * @IEEE80211_TPT_LEDTRIG_FL_RADIO: enable blinking with radio
4077 * @IEEE80211_TPT_LEDTRIG_FL_WORK: enable blinking when working
4078 * @IEEE80211_TPT_LEDTRIG_FL_CONNECTED: enable blinking when at least one
4079 * interface is connected in some way, including being an AP
4080 */
4081enum ieee80211_tpt_led_trigger_flags {
4082 IEEE80211_TPT_LEDTRIG_FL_RADIO = BIT(0),
4083 IEEE80211_TPT_LEDTRIG_FL_WORK = BIT(1),
4084 IEEE80211_TPT_LEDTRIG_FL_CONNECTED = BIT(2),
4085};
4086
f0706e82 4087#ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_LEDS
f5c4ae07
JB
4088const char *__ieee80211_get_tx_led_name(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
4089const char *__ieee80211_get_rx_led_name(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
4090const char *__ieee80211_get_assoc_led_name(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
4091const char *__ieee80211_get_radio_led_name(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
4092const char *
4093__ieee80211_create_tpt_led_trigger(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4094 unsigned int flags,
4095 const struct ieee80211_tpt_blink *blink_table,
4096 unsigned int blink_table_len);
f0706e82 4097#endif
75a5f0cc
JB
4098/**
4099 * ieee80211_get_tx_led_name - get name of TX LED
4100 *
4101 * mac80211 creates a transmit LED trigger for each wireless hardware
4102 * that can be used to drive LEDs if your driver registers a LED device.
4103 * This function returns the name (or %NULL if not configured for LEDs)
4104 * of the trigger so you can automatically link the LED device.
4105 *
4106 * @hw: the hardware to get the LED trigger name for
0ae997dc
YB
4107 *
4108 * Return: The name of the LED trigger. %NULL if not configured for LEDs.
75a5f0cc 4109 */
f5c4ae07 4110static inline const char *ieee80211_get_tx_led_name(struct ieee80211_hw *hw)
f0706e82
JB
4111{
4112#ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_LEDS
4113 return __ieee80211_get_tx_led_name(hw);
4114#else
4115 return NULL;
4116#endif
4117}
4118
75a5f0cc
JB
4119/**
4120 * ieee80211_get_rx_led_name - get name of RX LED
4121 *
4122 * mac80211 creates a receive LED trigger for each wireless hardware
4123 * that can be used to drive LEDs if your driver registers a LED device.
4124 * This function returns the name (or %NULL if not configured for LEDs)
4125 * of the trigger so you can automatically link the LED device.
4126 *
4127 * @hw: the hardware to get the LED trigger name for
0ae997dc
YB
4128 *
4129 * Return: The name of the LED trigger. %NULL if not configured for LEDs.
75a5f0cc 4130 */
f5c4ae07 4131static inline const char *ieee80211_get_rx_led_name(struct ieee80211_hw *hw)
f0706e82
JB
4132{
4133#ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_LEDS
4134 return __ieee80211_get_rx_led_name(hw);
4135#else
4136 return NULL;
4137#endif
4138}
4139
cdcb006f
ID
4140/**
4141 * ieee80211_get_assoc_led_name - get name of association LED
4142 *
4143 * mac80211 creates a association LED trigger for each wireless hardware
4144 * that can be used to drive LEDs if your driver registers a LED device.
4145 * This function returns the name (or %NULL if not configured for LEDs)
4146 * of the trigger so you can automatically link the LED device.
4147 *
4148 * @hw: the hardware to get the LED trigger name for
0ae997dc
YB
4149 *
4150 * Return: The name of the LED trigger. %NULL if not configured for LEDs.
cdcb006f 4151 */
f5c4ae07 4152static inline const char *ieee80211_get_assoc_led_name(struct ieee80211_hw *hw)
47f0c502
MB
4153{
4154#ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_LEDS
4155 return __ieee80211_get_assoc_led_name(hw);
4156#else
4157 return NULL;
4158#endif
4159}
4160
cdcb006f
ID
4161/**
4162 * ieee80211_get_radio_led_name - get name of radio LED
4163 *
4164 * mac80211 creates a radio change LED trigger for each wireless hardware
4165 * that can be used to drive LEDs if your driver registers a LED device.
4166 * This function returns the name (or %NULL if not configured for LEDs)
4167 * of the trigger so you can automatically link the LED device.
4168 *
4169 * @hw: the hardware to get the LED trigger name for
0ae997dc
YB
4170 *
4171 * Return: The name of the LED trigger. %NULL if not configured for LEDs.
cdcb006f 4172 */
f5c4ae07 4173static inline const char *ieee80211_get_radio_led_name(struct ieee80211_hw *hw)
cdcb006f
ID
4174{
4175#ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_LEDS
4176 return __ieee80211_get_radio_led_name(hw);
4177#else
4178 return NULL;
4179#endif
4180}
47f0c502 4181
e1e54068
JB
4182/**
4183 * ieee80211_create_tpt_led_trigger - create throughput LED trigger
4184 * @hw: the hardware to create the trigger for
67408c8c 4185 * @flags: trigger flags, see &enum ieee80211_tpt_led_trigger_flags
e1e54068
JB
4186 * @blink_table: the blink table -- needs to be ordered by throughput
4187 * @blink_table_len: size of the blink table
4188 *
0ae997dc
YB
4189 * Return: %NULL (in case of error, or if no LED triggers are
4190 * configured) or the name of the new trigger.
4191 *
4192 * Note: This function must be called before ieee80211_register_hw().
e1e54068 4193 */
f5c4ae07 4194static inline const char *
67408c8c 4195ieee80211_create_tpt_led_trigger(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, unsigned int flags,
e1e54068
JB
4196 const struct ieee80211_tpt_blink *blink_table,
4197 unsigned int blink_table_len)
4198{
4199#ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_LEDS
67408c8c 4200 return __ieee80211_create_tpt_led_trigger(hw, flags, blink_table,
e1e54068
JB
4201 blink_table_len);
4202#else
4203 return NULL;
4204#endif
4205}
4206
75a5f0cc
JB
4207/**
4208 * ieee80211_unregister_hw - Unregister a hardware device
4209 *
4210 * This function instructs mac80211 to free allocated resources
4211 * and unregister netdevices from the networking subsystem.
4212 *
4213 * @hw: the hardware to unregister
4214 */
f0706e82
JB
4215void ieee80211_unregister_hw(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
4216
75a5f0cc
JB
4217/**
4218 * ieee80211_free_hw - free hardware descriptor
4219 *
4220 * This function frees everything that was allocated, including the
4221 * private data for the driver. You must call ieee80211_unregister_hw()
6ef307bc 4222 * before calling this function.
75a5f0cc
JB
4223 *
4224 * @hw: the hardware to free
4225 */
f0706e82
JB
4226void ieee80211_free_hw(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
4227
f2753ddb
JB
4228/**
4229 * ieee80211_restart_hw - restart hardware completely
4230 *
4231 * Call this function when the hardware was restarted for some reason
4232 * (hardware error, ...) and the driver is unable to restore its state
4233 * by itself. mac80211 assumes that at this point the driver/hardware
4234 * is completely uninitialised and stopped, it starts the process by
4235 * calling the ->start() operation. The driver will need to reset all
4236 * internal state that it has prior to calling this function.
4237 *
4238 * @hw: the hardware to restart
4239 */
4240void ieee80211_restart_hw(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
4241
06d181a8 4242/**
af9f9b22 4243 * ieee80211_rx_napi - receive frame from NAPI context
4e6cbfd0 4244 *
af9f9b22
JB
4245 * Use this function to hand received frames to mac80211. The receive
4246 * buffer in @skb must start with an IEEE 802.11 header. In case of a
4247 * paged @skb is used, the driver is recommended to put the ieee80211
4248 * header of the frame on the linear part of the @skb to avoid memory
4249 * allocation and/or memcpy by the stack.
4250 *
4251 * This function may not be called in IRQ context. Calls to this function
4252 * for a single hardware must be synchronized against each other. Calls to
4253 * this function, ieee80211_rx_ni() and ieee80211_rx_irqsafe() may not be
4254 * mixed for a single hardware. Must not run concurrently with
4255 * ieee80211_tx_status() or ieee80211_tx_status_ni().
4256 *
4257 * This function must be called with BHs disabled.
4258 *
4259 * @hw: the hardware this frame came in on
d63b548f 4260 * @sta: the station the frame was received from, or %NULL
af9f9b22
JB
4261 * @skb: the buffer to receive, owned by mac80211 after this call
4262 * @napi: the NAPI context
4e6cbfd0 4263 */
d63b548f
JB
4264void ieee80211_rx_napi(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
4265 struct sk_buff *skb, struct napi_struct *napi);
4e6cbfd0 4266
75a5f0cc
JB
4267/**
4268 * ieee80211_rx - receive frame
4269 *
4270 * Use this function to hand received frames to mac80211. The receive
e3cf8b3f
ZY
4271 * buffer in @skb must start with an IEEE 802.11 header. In case of a
4272 * paged @skb is used, the driver is recommended to put the ieee80211
4273 * header of the frame on the linear part of the @skb to avoid memory
4274 * allocation and/or memcpy by the stack.
75a5f0cc 4275 *
2485f710 4276 * This function may not be called in IRQ context. Calls to this function
e36e49f7
KV
4277 * for a single hardware must be synchronized against each other. Calls to
4278 * this function, ieee80211_rx_ni() and ieee80211_rx_irqsafe() may not be
f6b3d85f
FF
4279 * mixed for a single hardware. Must not run concurrently with
4280 * ieee80211_tx_status() or ieee80211_tx_status_ni().
75a5f0cc 4281 *
e36e49f7 4282 * In process context use instead ieee80211_rx_ni().
d20ef63d 4283 *
75a5f0cc
JB
4284 * @hw: the hardware this frame came in on
4285 * @skb: the buffer to receive, owned by mac80211 after this call
75a5f0cc 4286 */
af9f9b22
JB
4287static inline void ieee80211_rx(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct sk_buff *skb)
4288{
d63b548f 4289 ieee80211_rx_napi(hw, NULL, skb, NULL);
af9f9b22 4290}
75a5f0cc
JB
4291
4292/**
4293 * ieee80211_rx_irqsafe - receive frame
4294 *
4295 * Like ieee80211_rx() but can be called in IRQ context
2485f710
JB
4296 * (internally defers to a tasklet.)
4297 *
e36e49f7 4298 * Calls to this function, ieee80211_rx() or ieee80211_rx_ni() may not
f6b3d85f
FF
4299 * be mixed for a single hardware.Must not run concurrently with
4300 * ieee80211_tx_status() or ieee80211_tx_status_ni().
75a5f0cc
JB
4301 *
4302 * @hw: the hardware this frame came in on
4303 * @skb: the buffer to receive, owned by mac80211 after this call
75a5f0cc 4304 */
f1d58c25 4305void ieee80211_rx_irqsafe(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct sk_buff *skb);
f0706e82 4306
e36e49f7
KV
4307/**
4308 * ieee80211_rx_ni - receive frame (in process context)
4309 *
4310 * Like ieee80211_rx() but can be called in process context
4311 * (internally disables bottom halves).
4312 *
4313 * Calls to this function, ieee80211_rx() and ieee80211_rx_irqsafe() may
f6b3d85f
FF
4314 * not be mixed for a single hardware. Must not run concurrently with
4315 * ieee80211_tx_status() or ieee80211_tx_status_ni().
e36e49f7
KV
4316 *
4317 * @hw: the hardware this frame came in on
4318 * @skb: the buffer to receive, owned by mac80211 after this call
4319 */
4320static inline void ieee80211_rx_ni(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4321 struct sk_buff *skb)
4322{
4323 local_bh_disable();
4324 ieee80211_rx(hw, skb);
4325 local_bh_enable();
4326}
4327
d057e5a3
AN
4328/**
4329 * ieee80211_sta_ps_transition - PS transition for connected sta
4330 *
4331 * When operating in AP mode with the %IEEE80211_HW_AP_LINK_PS
4332 * flag set, use this function to inform mac80211 about a connected station
4333 * entering/leaving PS mode.
4334 *
4335 * This function may not be called in IRQ context or with softirqs enabled.
4336 *
4337 * Calls to this function for a single hardware must be synchronized against
4338 * each other.
4339 *
d057e5a3
AN
4340 * @sta: currently connected sta
4341 * @start: start or stop PS
0ae997dc
YB
4342 *
4343 * Return: 0 on success. -EINVAL when the requested PS mode is already set.
d057e5a3
AN
4344 */
4345int ieee80211_sta_ps_transition(struct ieee80211_sta *sta, bool start);
4346
4347/**
4348 * ieee80211_sta_ps_transition_ni - PS transition for connected sta
4349 * (in process context)
4350 *
4351 * Like ieee80211_sta_ps_transition() but can be called in process context
4352 * (internally disables bottom halves). Concurrent call restriction still
4353 * applies.
4354 *
4355 * @sta: currently connected sta
4356 * @start: start or stop PS
0ae997dc
YB
4357 *
4358 * Return: Like ieee80211_sta_ps_transition().
d057e5a3
AN
4359 */
4360static inline int ieee80211_sta_ps_transition_ni(struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
4361 bool start)
4362{
4363 int ret;
4364
4365 local_bh_disable();
4366 ret = ieee80211_sta_ps_transition(sta, start);
4367 local_bh_enable();
4368
4369 return ret;
4370}
4371
46fa38e8
JB
4372/**
4373 * ieee80211_sta_pspoll - PS-Poll frame received
4374 * @sta: currently connected station
4375 *
4376 * When operating in AP mode with the %IEEE80211_HW_AP_LINK_PS flag set,
4377 * use this function to inform mac80211 that a PS-Poll frame from a
4378 * connected station was received.
4379 * This must be used in conjunction with ieee80211_sta_ps_transition()
4380 * and possibly ieee80211_sta_uapsd_trigger(); calls to all three must
4381 * be serialized.
4382 */
4383void ieee80211_sta_pspoll(struct ieee80211_sta *sta);
4384
4385/**
4386 * ieee80211_sta_uapsd_trigger - (potential) U-APSD trigger frame received
4387 * @sta: currently connected station
4388 * @tid: TID of the received (potential) trigger frame
4389 *
4390 * When operating in AP mode with the %IEEE80211_HW_AP_LINK_PS flag set,
4391 * use this function to inform mac80211 that a (potential) trigger frame
4392 * from a connected station was received.
4393 * This must be used in conjunction with ieee80211_sta_ps_transition()
4394 * and possibly ieee80211_sta_pspoll(); calls to all three must be
4395 * serialized.
0aa419ec
EG
4396 * %IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS can be passed as the tid if the tid is unknown.
4397 * In this case, mac80211 will not check that this tid maps to an AC
4398 * that is trigger enabled and assume that the caller did the proper
4399 * checks.
46fa38e8
JB
4400 */
4401void ieee80211_sta_uapsd_trigger(struct ieee80211_sta *sta, u8 tid);
4402
d24deb25
GW
4403/*
4404 * The TX headroom reserved by mac80211 for its own tx_status functions.
4405 * This is enough for the radiotap header.
4406 */
651b9920 4407#define IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_HEADROOM ALIGN(14, 4)
d24deb25 4408
dcf55fb5 4409/**
042ec453 4410 * ieee80211_sta_set_buffered - inform mac80211 about driver-buffered frames
bdfbe804 4411 * @sta: &struct ieee80211_sta pointer for the sleeping station
042ec453
JB
4412 * @tid: the TID that has buffered frames
4413 * @buffered: indicates whether or not frames are buffered for this TID
dcf55fb5
FF
4414 *
4415 * If a driver buffers frames for a powersave station instead of passing
042ec453
JB
4416 * them back to mac80211 for retransmission, the station may still need
4417 * to be told that there are buffered frames via the TIM bit.
4418 *
4419 * This function informs mac80211 whether or not there are frames that are
4420 * buffered in the driver for a given TID; mac80211 can then use this data
4421 * to set the TIM bit (NOTE: This may call back into the driver's set_tim
4422 * call! Beware of the locking!)
4423 *
4424 * If all frames are released to the station (due to PS-poll or uAPSD)
4425 * then the driver needs to inform mac80211 that there no longer are
4426 * frames buffered. However, when the station wakes up mac80211 assumes
4427 * that all buffered frames will be transmitted and clears this data,
4428 * drivers need to make sure they inform mac80211 about all buffered
4429 * frames on the sleep transition (sta_notify() with %STA_NOTIFY_SLEEP).
4430 *
4431 * Note that technically mac80211 only needs to know this per AC, not per
4432 * TID, but since driver buffering will inevitably happen per TID (since
4433 * it is related to aggregation) it is easier to make mac80211 map the
4434 * TID to the AC as required instead of keeping track in all drivers that
4435 * use this API.
4436 */
4437void ieee80211_sta_set_buffered(struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
4438 u8 tid, bool buffered);
dcf55fb5 4439
0d528d85
FF
4440/**
4441 * ieee80211_get_tx_rates - get the selected transmit rates for a packet
4442 *
4443 * Call this function in a driver with per-packet rate selection support
4444 * to combine the rate info in the packet tx info with the most recent
4445 * rate selection table for the station entry.
4446 *
4447 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
4448 * @sta: the receiver station to which this packet is sent.
4449 * @skb: the frame to be transmitted.
4450 * @dest: buffer for extracted rate/retry information
4451 * @max_rates: maximum number of rates to fetch
4452 */
4453void ieee80211_get_tx_rates(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4454 struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
4455 struct sk_buff *skb,
4456 struct ieee80211_tx_rate *dest,
4457 int max_rates);
4458
484a54c2
THJ
4459/**
4460 * ieee80211_sta_set_expected_throughput - set the expected tpt for a station
4461 *
4462 * Call this function to notify mac80211 about a change in expected throughput
4463 * to a station. A driver for a device that does rate control in firmware can
4464 * call this function when the expected throughput estimate towards a station
4465 * changes. The information is used to tune the CoDel AQM applied to traffic
4466 * going towards that station (which can otherwise be too aggressive and cause
4467 * slow stations to starve).
4468 *
4469 * @pubsta: the station to set throughput for.
4470 * @thr: the current expected throughput in kbps.
4471 */
4472void ieee80211_sta_set_expected_throughput(struct ieee80211_sta *pubsta,
4473 u32 thr);
4474
f8252e7b
AK
4475/**
4476 * ieee80211_tx_rate_update - transmit rate update callback
4477 *
4478 * Drivers should call this functions with a non-NULL pub sta
4479 * This function can be used in drivers that does not have provision
4480 * in updating the tx rate in data path.
4481 *
4482 * @hw: the hardware the frame was transmitted by
4483 * @pubsta: the station to update the tx rate for.
4484 * @info: tx status information
4485 */
4486void ieee80211_tx_rate_update(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4487 struct ieee80211_sta *pubsta,
4488 struct ieee80211_tx_info *info);
4489
75a5f0cc
JB
4490/**
4491 * ieee80211_tx_status - transmit status callback
4492 *
4493 * Call this function for all transmitted frames after they have been
4494 * transmitted. It is permissible to not call this function for
4495 * multicast frames but this can affect statistics.
4496 *
2485f710
JB
4497 * This function may not be called in IRQ context. Calls to this function
4498 * for a single hardware must be synchronized against each other. Calls
20ed3166 4499 * to this function, ieee80211_tx_status_ni() and ieee80211_tx_status_irqsafe()
f6b3d85f
FF
4500 * may not be mixed for a single hardware. Must not run concurrently with
4501 * ieee80211_rx() or ieee80211_rx_ni().
2485f710 4502 *
75a5f0cc
JB
4503 * @hw: the hardware the frame was transmitted by
4504 * @skb: the frame that was transmitted, owned by mac80211 after this call
75a5f0cc 4505 */
f0706e82 4506void ieee80211_tx_status(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
e039fa4a 4507 struct sk_buff *skb);
2485f710 4508
5fe49a9d
FF
4509/**
4510 * ieee80211_tx_status_ext - extended transmit status callback
4511 *
4512 * This function can be used as a replacement for ieee80211_tx_status
4513 * in drivers that may want to provide extra information that does not
4514 * fit into &struct ieee80211_tx_info.
4515 *
4516 * Calls to this function for a single hardware must be synchronized
4517 * against each other. Calls to this function, ieee80211_tx_status_ni()
4518 * and ieee80211_tx_status_irqsafe() may not be mixed for a single hardware.
4519 *
4520 * @hw: the hardware the frame was transmitted by
4521 * @status: tx status information
4522 */
4523void ieee80211_tx_status_ext(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4524 struct ieee80211_tx_status *status);
4525
f027c2ac
FF
4526/**
4527 * ieee80211_tx_status_noskb - transmit status callback without skb
4528 *
4529 * This function can be used as a replacement for ieee80211_tx_status
4530 * in drivers that cannot reliably map tx status information back to
4531 * specific skbs.
4532 *
4533 * Calls to this function for a single hardware must be synchronized
4534 * against each other. Calls to this function, ieee80211_tx_status_ni()
4535 * and ieee80211_tx_status_irqsafe() may not be mixed for a single hardware.
4536 *
4537 * @hw: the hardware the frame was transmitted by
4538 * @sta: the receiver station to which this packet is sent
4539 * (NULL for multicast packets)
4540 * @info: tx status information
4541 */
5fe49a9d
FF
4542static inline void ieee80211_tx_status_noskb(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4543 struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
4544 struct ieee80211_tx_info *info)
4545{
4546 struct ieee80211_tx_status status = {
4547 .sta = sta,
4548 .info = info,
4549 };
4550
4551 ieee80211_tx_status_ext(hw, &status);
4552}
f027c2ac 4553
20ed3166
JS
4554/**
4555 * ieee80211_tx_status_ni - transmit status callback (in process context)
4556 *
4557 * Like ieee80211_tx_status() but can be called in process context.
4558 *
4559 * Calls to this function, ieee80211_tx_status() and
4560 * ieee80211_tx_status_irqsafe() may not be mixed
4561 * for a single hardware.
4562 *
4563 * @hw: the hardware the frame was transmitted by
4564 * @skb: the frame that was transmitted, owned by mac80211 after this call
4565 */
4566static inline void ieee80211_tx_status_ni(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4567 struct sk_buff *skb)
4568{
4569 local_bh_disable();
4570 ieee80211_tx_status(hw, skb);
4571 local_bh_enable();
4572}
4573
2485f710 4574/**
6ef307bc 4575 * ieee80211_tx_status_irqsafe - IRQ-safe transmit status callback
2485f710
JB
4576 *
4577 * Like ieee80211_tx_status() but can be called in IRQ context
4578 * (internally defers to a tasklet.)
4579 *
20ed3166
JS
4580 * Calls to this function, ieee80211_tx_status() and
4581 * ieee80211_tx_status_ni() may not be mixed for a single hardware.
2485f710
JB
4582 *
4583 * @hw: the hardware the frame was transmitted by
4584 * @skb: the frame that was transmitted, owned by mac80211 after this call
2485f710 4585 */
f0706e82 4586void ieee80211_tx_status_irqsafe(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
e039fa4a 4587 struct sk_buff *skb);
f0706e82 4588
8178d38b
AN
4589/**
4590 * ieee80211_report_low_ack - report non-responding station
4591 *
4592 * When operating in AP-mode, call this function to report a non-responding
4593 * connected STA.
4594 *
4595 * @sta: the non-responding connected sta
4596 * @num_packets: number of packets sent to @sta without a response
4597 */
4598void ieee80211_report_low_ack(struct ieee80211_sta *sta, u32 num_packets);
4599
1af586c9
AO
4600#define IEEE80211_MAX_CSA_COUNTERS_NUM 2
4601
6ec8c332
AO
4602/**
4603 * struct ieee80211_mutable_offsets - mutable beacon offsets
4604 * @tim_offset: position of TIM element
4605 * @tim_length: size of TIM element
8d77ec85
LC
4606 * @csa_counter_offs: array of IEEE80211_MAX_CSA_COUNTERS_NUM offsets
4607 * to CSA counters. This array can contain zero values which
4608 * should be ignored.
6ec8c332
AO
4609 */
4610struct ieee80211_mutable_offsets {
4611 u16 tim_offset;
4612 u16 tim_length;
1af586c9
AO
4613
4614 u16 csa_counter_offs[IEEE80211_MAX_CSA_COUNTERS_NUM];
6ec8c332
AO
4615};
4616
4617/**
4618 * ieee80211_beacon_get_template - beacon template generation function
4619 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
4620 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
4621 * @offs: &struct ieee80211_mutable_offsets pointer to struct that will
4622 * receive the offsets that may be updated by the driver.
4623 *
4624 * If the driver implements beaconing modes, it must use this function to
4625 * obtain the beacon template.
4626 *
4627 * This function should be used if the beacon frames are generated by the
4628 * device, and then the driver must use the returned beacon as the template
1af586c9
AO
4629 * The driver or the device are responsible to update the DTIM and, when
4630 * applicable, the CSA count.
6ec8c332
AO
4631 *
4632 * The driver is responsible for freeing the returned skb.
4633 *
4634 * Return: The beacon template. %NULL on error.
4635 */
4636struct sk_buff *
4637ieee80211_beacon_get_template(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4638 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4639 struct ieee80211_mutable_offsets *offs);
4640
f0706e82 4641/**
eddcbb94 4642 * ieee80211_beacon_get_tim - beacon generation function
f0706e82 4643 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
1ed32e4f 4644 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
eddcbb94
JB
4645 * @tim_offset: pointer to variable that will receive the TIM IE offset.
4646 * Set to 0 if invalid (in non-AP modes).
4647 * @tim_length: pointer to variable that will receive the TIM IE length,
4648 * (including the ID and length bytes!).
4649 * Set to 0 if invalid (in non-AP modes).
4650 *
4651 * If the driver implements beaconing modes, it must use this function to
6ec8c332 4652 * obtain the beacon frame.
f0706e82
JB
4653 *
4654 * If the beacon frames are generated by the host system (i.e., not in
eddcbb94 4655 * hardware/firmware), the driver uses this function to get each beacon
6ec8c332
AO
4656 * frame from mac80211 -- it is responsible for calling this function exactly
4657 * once before the beacon is needed (e.g. based on hardware interrupt).
eddcbb94
JB
4658 *
4659 * The driver is responsible for freeing the returned skb.
0ae997dc
YB
4660 *
4661 * Return: The beacon template. %NULL on error.
eddcbb94
JB
4662 */
4663struct sk_buff *ieee80211_beacon_get_tim(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4664 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4665 u16 *tim_offset, u16 *tim_length);
4666
4667/**
4668 * ieee80211_beacon_get - beacon generation function
4669 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
1ed32e4f 4670 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
eddcbb94
JB
4671 *
4672 * See ieee80211_beacon_get_tim().
0ae997dc
YB
4673 *
4674 * Return: See ieee80211_beacon_get_tim().
f0706e82 4675 */
eddcbb94
JB
4676static inline struct sk_buff *ieee80211_beacon_get(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4677 struct ieee80211_vif *vif)
4678{
4679 return ieee80211_beacon_get_tim(hw, vif, NULL, NULL);
4680}
f0706e82 4681
1af586c9
AO
4682/**
4683 * ieee80211_csa_update_counter - request mac80211 to decrement the csa counter
4684 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
4685 *
4686 * The csa counter should be updated after each beacon transmission.
4687 * This function is called implicitly when
4688 * ieee80211_beacon_get/ieee80211_beacon_get_tim are called, however if the
4689 * beacon frames are generated by the device, the driver should call this
4690 * function after each beacon transmission to sync mac80211's csa counters.
4691 *
4692 * Return: new csa counter value
4693 */
4694u8 ieee80211_csa_update_counter(struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
4695
03737001
GG
4696/**
4697 * ieee80211_csa_set_counter - request mac80211 to set csa counter
4698 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
4699 * @counter: the new value for the counter
4700 *
4701 * The csa counter can be changed by the device, this API should be
4702 * used by the device driver to update csa counter in mac80211.
4703 *
4704 * It should never be used together with ieee80211_csa_update_counter(),
4705 * as it will cause a race condition around the counter value.
4706 */
4707void ieee80211_csa_set_counter(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, u8 counter);
4708
73da7d5b
SW
4709/**
4710 * ieee80211_csa_finish - notify mac80211 about channel switch
4711 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
4712 *
4713 * After a channel switch announcement was scheduled and the counter in this
66e01cf9 4714 * announcement hits 1, this function must be called by the driver to
73da7d5b
SW
4715 * notify mac80211 that the channel can be changed.
4716 */
4717void ieee80211_csa_finish(struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
4718
4719/**
66e01cf9 4720 * ieee80211_csa_is_complete - find out if counters reached 1
73da7d5b
SW
4721 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
4722 *
4723 * This function returns whether the channel switch counters reached zero.
4724 */
4725bool ieee80211_csa_is_complete(struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
4726
4727
02945821
AN
4728/**
4729 * ieee80211_proberesp_get - retrieve a Probe Response template
4730 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
4731 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
4732 *
4733 * Creates a Probe Response template which can, for example, be uploaded to
4734 * hardware. The destination address should be set by the caller.
4735 *
4736 * Can only be called in AP mode.
0ae997dc
YB
4737 *
4738 * Return: The Probe Response template. %NULL on error.
02945821
AN
4739 */
4740struct sk_buff *ieee80211_proberesp_get(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4741 struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
4742
7044cc56
KV
4743/**
4744 * ieee80211_pspoll_get - retrieve a PS Poll template
4745 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
4746 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
4747 *
4748 * Creates a PS Poll a template which can, for example, uploaded to
4749 * hardware. The template must be updated after association so that correct
4750 * AID, BSSID and MAC address is used.
4751 *
4752 * Note: Caller (or hardware) is responsible for setting the
4753 * &IEEE80211_FCTL_PM bit.
0ae997dc
YB
4754 *
4755 * Return: The PS Poll template. %NULL on error.
7044cc56
KV
4756 */
4757struct sk_buff *ieee80211_pspoll_get(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4758 struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
4759
4760/**
4761 * ieee80211_nullfunc_get - retrieve a nullfunc template
4762 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
4763 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
7b6ddeaf
JB
4764 * @qos_ok: QoS NDP is acceptable to the caller, this should be set
4765 * if at all possible
7044cc56
KV
4766 *
4767 * Creates a Nullfunc template which can, for example, uploaded to
4768 * hardware. The template must be updated after association so that correct
4769 * BSSID and address is used.
4770 *
7b6ddeaf
JB
4771 * If @qos_ndp is set and the association is to an AP with QoS/WMM, the
4772 * returned packet will be QoS NDP.
4773 *
7044cc56
KV
4774 * Note: Caller (or hardware) is responsible for setting the
4775 * &IEEE80211_FCTL_PM bit as well as Duration and Sequence Control fields.
0ae997dc
YB
4776 *
4777 * Return: The nullfunc template. %NULL on error.
7044cc56
KV
4778 */
4779struct sk_buff *ieee80211_nullfunc_get(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
7b6ddeaf
JB
4780 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4781 bool qos_ok);
7044cc56 4782
05e54ea6
KV
4783/**
4784 * ieee80211_probereq_get - retrieve a Probe Request template
4785 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
a344d677 4786 * @src_addr: source MAC address
05e54ea6
KV
4787 * @ssid: SSID buffer
4788 * @ssid_len: length of SSID
b9a9ada1 4789 * @tailroom: tailroom to reserve at end of SKB for IEs
05e54ea6
KV
4790 *
4791 * Creates a Probe Request template which can, for example, be uploaded to
4792 * hardware.
0ae997dc
YB
4793 *
4794 * Return: The Probe Request template. %NULL on error.
05e54ea6
KV
4795 */
4796struct sk_buff *ieee80211_probereq_get(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
a344d677 4797 const u8 *src_addr,
05e54ea6 4798 const u8 *ssid, size_t ssid_len,
b9a9ada1 4799 size_t tailroom);
05e54ea6 4800
f0706e82
JB
4801/**
4802 * ieee80211_rts_get - RTS frame generation function
4803 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
1ed32e4f 4804 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
f0706e82
JB
4805 * @frame: pointer to the frame that is going to be protected by the RTS.
4806 * @frame_len: the frame length (in octets).
e039fa4a 4807 * @frame_txctl: &struct ieee80211_tx_info of the frame.
f0706e82
JB
4808 * @rts: The buffer where to store the RTS frame.
4809 *
4810 * If the RTS frames are generated by the host system (i.e., not in
4811 * hardware/firmware), the low-level driver uses this function to receive
4812 * the next RTS frame from the 802.11 code. The low-level is responsible
4813 * for calling this function before and RTS frame is needed.
4814 */
32bfd35d 4815void ieee80211_rts_get(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
f0706e82 4816 const void *frame, size_t frame_len,
e039fa4a 4817 const struct ieee80211_tx_info *frame_txctl,
f0706e82
JB
4818 struct ieee80211_rts *rts);
4819
4820/**
4821 * ieee80211_rts_duration - Get the duration field for an RTS frame
4822 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
1ed32e4f 4823 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
f0706e82 4824 * @frame_len: the length of the frame that is going to be protected by the RTS.
e039fa4a 4825 * @frame_txctl: &struct ieee80211_tx_info of the frame.
f0706e82
JB
4826 *
4827 * If the RTS is generated in firmware, but the host system must provide
4828 * the duration field, the low-level driver uses this function to receive
4829 * the duration field value in little-endian byteorder.
0ae997dc
YB
4830 *
4831 * Return: The duration.
f0706e82 4832 */
32bfd35d
JB
4833__le16 ieee80211_rts_duration(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4834 struct ieee80211_vif *vif, size_t frame_len,
e039fa4a 4835 const struct ieee80211_tx_info *frame_txctl);
f0706e82
JB
4836
4837/**
4838 * ieee80211_ctstoself_get - CTS-to-self frame generation function
4839 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
1ed32e4f 4840 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
f0706e82
JB
4841 * @frame: pointer to the frame that is going to be protected by the CTS-to-self.
4842 * @frame_len: the frame length (in octets).
e039fa4a 4843 * @frame_txctl: &struct ieee80211_tx_info of the frame.
f0706e82
JB
4844 * @cts: The buffer where to store the CTS-to-self frame.
4845 *
4846 * If the CTS-to-self frames are generated by the host system (i.e., not in
4847 * hardware/firmware), the low-level driver uses this function to receive
4848 * the next CTS-to-self frame from the 802.11 code. The low-level is responsible
4849 * for calling this function before and CTS-to-self frame is needed.
4850 */
32bfd35d
JB
4851void ieee80211_ctstoself_get(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4852 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
f0706e82 4853 const void *frame, size_t frame_len,
e039fa4a 4854 const struct ieee80211_tx_info *frame_txctl,
f0706e82
JB
4855 struct ieee80211_cts *cts);
4856
4857/**
4858 * ieee80211_ctstoself_duration - Get the duration field for a CTS-to-self frame
4859 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
1ed32e4f 4860 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
f0706e82 4861 * @frame_len: the length of the frame that is going to be protected by the CTS-to-self.
e039fa4a 4862 * @frame_txctl: &struct ieee80211_tx_info of the frame.
f0706e82
JB
4863 *
4864 * If the CTS-to-self is generated in firmware, but the host system must provide
4865 * the duration field, the low-level driver uses this function to receive
4866 * the duration field value in little-endian byteorder.
0ae997dc
YB
4867 *
4868 * Return: The duration.
f0706e82 4869 */
32bfd35d
JB
4870__le16 ieee80211_ctstoself_duration(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4871 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
f0706e82 4872 size_t frame_len,
e039fa4a 4873 const struct ieee80211_tx_info *frame_txctl);
f0706e82
JB
4874
4875/**
4876 * ieee80211_generic_frame_duration - Calculate the duration field for a frame
4877 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
1ed32e4f 4878 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
d13e1414 4879 * @band: the band to calculate the frame duration on
f0706e82 4880 * @frame_len: the length of the frame.
8318d78a 4881 * @rate: the rate at which the frame is going to be transmitted.
f0706e82
JB
4882 *
4883 * Calculate the duration field of some generic frame, given its
4884 * length and transmission rate (in 100kbps).
0ae997dc
YB
4885 *
4886 * Return: The duration.
f0706e82 4887 */
32bfd35d
JB
4888__le16 ieee80211_generic_frame_duration(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4889 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
57fbcce3 4890 enum nl80211_band band,
f0706e82 4891 size_t frame_len,
8318d78a 4892 struct ieee80211_rate *rate);
f0706e82
JB
4893
4894/**
4895 * ieee80211_get_buffered_bc - accessing buffered broadcast and multicast frames
4896 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
1ed32e4f 4897 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
f0706e82
JB
4898 *
4899 * Function for accessing buffered broadcast and multicast frames. If
4900 * hardware/firmware does not implement buffering of broadcast/multicast
4901 * frames when power saving is used, 802.11 code buffers them in the host
4902 * memory. The low-level driver uses this function to fetch next buffered
0ae997dc
YB
4903 * frame. In most cases, this is used when generating beacon frame.
4904 *
4905 * Return: A pointer to the next buffered skb or NULL if no more buffered
4906 * frames are available.
f0706e82
JB
4907 *
4908 * Note: buffered frames are returned only after DTIM beacon frame was
4909 * generated with ieee80211_beacon_get() and the low-level driver must thus
4910 * call ieee80211_beacon_get() first. ieee80211_get_buffered_bc() returns
4911 * NULL if the previous generated beacon was not DTIM, so the low-level driver
4912 * does not need to check for DTIM beacons separately and should be able to
4913 * use common code for all beacons.
4914 */
4915struct sk_buff *
e039fa4a 4916ieee80211_get_buffered_bc(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
f0706e82 4917
42d98795
JB
4918/**
4919 * ieee80211_get_tkip_p1k_iv - get a TKIP phase 1 key for IV32
4920 *
4921 * This function returns the TKIP phase 1 key for the given IV32.
4922 *
4923 * @keyconf: the parameter passed with the set key
4924 * @iv32: IV32 to get the P1K for
4925 * @p1k: a buffer to which the key will be written, as 5 u16 values
4926 */
4927void ieee80211_get_tkip_p1k_iv(struct ieee80211_key_conf *keyconf,
4928 u32 iv32, u16 *p1k);
4929
5d2cdcd4 4930/**
523b02ea
JB
4931 * ieee80211_get_tkip_p1k - get a TKIP phase 1 key
4932 *
4933 * This function returns the TKIP phase 1 key for the IV32 taken
4934 * from the given packet.
4935 *
4936 * @keyconf: the parameter passed with the set key
4937 * @skb: the packet to take the IV32 value from that will be encrypted
4938 * with this P1K
4939 * @p1k: a buffer to which the key will be written, as 5 u16 values
4940 */
42d98795
JB
4941static inline void ieee80211_get_tkip_p1k(struct ieee80211_key_conf *keyconf,
4942 struct sk_buff *skb, u16 *p1k)
4943{
4944 struct ieee80211_hdr *hdr = (struct ieee80211_hdr *)skb->data;
4945 const u8 *data = (u8 *)hdr + ieee80211_hdrlen(hdr->frame_control);
4946 u32 iv32 = get_unaligned_le32(&data[4]);
4947
4948 ieee80211_get_tkip_p1k_iv(keyconf, iv32, p1k);
4949}
523b02ea 4950
8bca5d81
JB
4951/**
4952 * ieee80211_get_tkip_rx_p1k - get a TKIP phase 1 key for RX
4953 *
4954 * This function returns the TKIP phase 1 key for the given IV32
4955 * and transmitter address.
4956 *
4957 * @keyconf: the parameter passed with the set key
4958 * @ta: TA that will be used with the key
4959 * @iv32: IV32 to get the P1K for
4960 * @p1k: a buffer to which the key will be written, as 5 u16 values
4961 */
4962void ieee80211_get_tkip_rx_p1k(struct ieee80211_key_conf *keyconf,
4963 const u8 *ta, u32 iv32, u16 *p1k);
4964
523b02ea
JB
4965/**
4966 * ieee80211_get_tkip_p2k - get a TKIP phase 2 key
5d2cdcd4 4967 *
523b02ea
JB
4968 * This function computes the TKIP RC4 key for the IV values
4969 * in the packet.
5d2cdcd4
EG
4970 *
4971 * @keyconf: the parameter passed with the set key
523b02ea
JB
4972 * @skb: the packet to take the IV32/IV16 values from that will be
4973 * encrypted with this key
4974 * @p2k: a buffer to which the key will be written, 16 bytes
5d2cdcd4 4975 */
523b02ea
JB
4976void ieee80211_get_tkip_p2k(struct ieee80211_key_conf *keyconf,
4977 struct sk_buff *skb, u8 *p2k);
c68f4b89 4978
f8079d43
EP
4979/**
4980 * ieee80211_tkip_add_iv - write TKIP IV and Ext. IV to pos
4981 *
4982 * @pos: start of crypto header
4983 * @keyconf: the parameter passed with the set key
4984 * @pn: PN to add
4985 *
4986 * Returns: pointer to the octet following IVs (i.e. beginning of
4987 * the packet payload)
4988 *
4989 * This function writes the tkip IV value to pos (which should
4990 * point to the crypto header)
4991 */
4992u8 *ieee80211_tkip_add_iv(u8 *pos, struct ieee80211_key_conf *keyconf, u64 pn);
4993
3ea542d3
JB
4994/**
4995 * ieee80211_get_key_rx_seq - get key RX sequence counter
4996 *
4997 * @keyconf: the parameter passed with the set key
00b9cfa3 4998 * @tid: The TID, or -1 for the management frame value (CCMP/GCMP only);
3ea542d3
JB
4999 * the value on TID 0 is also used for non-QoS frames. For
5000 * CMAC, only TID 0 is valid.
5001 * @seq: buffer to receive the sequence data
5002 *
5003 * This function allows a driver to retrieve the current RX IV/PNs
5004 * for the given key. It must not be called if IV checking is done
5005 * by the device and not by mac80211.
5006 *
5007 * Note that this function may only be called when no RX processing
5008 * can be done concurrently.
5009 */
5010void ieee80211_get_key_rx_seq(struct ieee80211_key_conf *keyconf,
5011 int tid, struct ieee80211_key_seq *seq);
5012
27b3eb9c
JB
5013/**
5014 * ieee80211_set_key_rx_seq - set key RX sequence counter
5015 *
5016 * @keyconf: the parameter passed with the set key
00b9cfa3 5017 * @tid: The TID, or -1 for the management frame value (CCMP/GCMP only);
27b3eb9c
JB
5018 * the value on TID 0 is also used for non-QoS frames. For
5019 * CMAC, only TID 0 is valid.
5020 * @seq: new sequence data
5021 *
5022 * This function allows a driver to set the current RX IV/PNs for the
5023 * given key. This is useful when resuming from WoWLAN sleep and GTK
5024 * rekey may have been done while suspended. It should not be called
5025 * if IV checking is done by the device and not by mac80211.
5026 *
5027 * Note that this function may only be called when no RX processing
5028 * can be done concurrently.
5029 */
5030void ieee80211_set_key_rx_seq(struct ieee80211_key_conf *keyconf,
5031 int tid, struct ieee80211_key_seq *seq);
5032
5033/**
5034 * ieee80211_remove_key - remove the given key
5035 * @keyconf: the parameter passed with the set key
5036 *
5037 * Remove the given key. If the key was uploaded to the hardware at the
5038 * time this function is called, it is not deleted in the hardware but
5039 * instead assumed to have been removed already.
5040 *
5041 * Note that due to locking considerations this function can (currently)
5042 * only be called during key iteration (ieee80211_iter_keys().)
5043 */
5044void ieee80211_remove_key(struct ieee80211_key_conf *keyconf);
5045
5046/**
5047 * ieee80211_gtk_rekey_add - add a GTK key from rekeying during WoWLAN
5048 * @vif: the virtual interface to add the key on
5049 * @keyconf: new key data
5050 *
5051 * When GTK rekeying was done while the system was suspended, (a) new
5052 * key(s) will be available. These will be needed by mac80211 for proper
5053 * RX processing, so this function allows setting them.
5054 *
5055 * The function returns the newly allocated key structure, which will
5056 * have similar contents to the passed key configuration but point to
5057 * mac80211-owned memory. In case of errors, the function returns an
5058 * ERR_PTR(), use IS_ERR() etc.
5059 *
5060 * Note that this function assumes the key isn't added to hardware
5061 * acceleration, so no TX will be done with the key. Since it's a GTK
5062 * on managed (station) networks, this is true anyway. If the driver
5063 * calls this function from the resume callback and subsequently uses
5064 * the return code 1 to reconfigure the device, this key will be part
5065 * of the reconfiguration.
5066 *
5067 * Note that the driver should also call ieee80211_set_key_rx_seq()
5068 * for the new key for each TID to set up sequence counters properly.
5069 *
5070 * IMPORTANT: If this replaces a key that is present in the hardware,
5071 * then it will attempt to remove it during this call. In many cases
5072 * this isn't what you want, so call ieee80211_remove_key() first for
5073 * the key that's being replaced.
5074 */
5075struct ieee80211_key_conf *
5076ieee80211_gtk_rekey_add(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
5077 struct ieee80211_key_conf *keyconf);
5078
c68f4b89
JB
5079/**
5080 * ieee80211_gtk_rekey_notify - notify userspace supplicant of rekeying
5081 * @vif: virtual interface the rekeying was done on
5082 * @bssid: The BSSID of the AP, for checking association
5083 * @replay_ctr: the new replay counter after GTK rekeying
5084 * @gfp: allocation flags
5085 */
5086void ieee80211_gtk_rekey_notify(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, const u8 *bssid,
5087 const u8 *replay_ctr, gfp_t gfp);
5088
f0706e82
JB
5089/**
5090 * ieee80211_wake_queue - wake specific queue
5091 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
5092 * @queue: queue number (counted from zero).
5093 *
5094 * Drivers should use this function instead of netif_wake_queue.
5095 */
5096void ieee80211_wake_queue(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, int queue);
5097
5098/**
5099 * ieee80211_stop_queue - stop specific queue
5100 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
5101 * @queue: queue number (counted from zero).
5102 *
5103 * Drivers should use this function instead of netif_stop_queue.
5104 */
5105void ieee80211_stop_queue(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, int queue);
5106
92ab8535
TW
5107/**
5108 * ieee80211_queue_stopped - test status of the queue
5109 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
5110 * @queue: queue number (counted from zero).
5111 *
5112 * Drivers should use this function instead of netif_stop_queue.
0ae997dc
YB
5113 *
5114 * Return: %true if the queue is stopped. %false otherwise.
92ab8535
TW
5115 */
5116
5117int ieee80211_queue_stopped(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, int queue);
5118
f0706e82
JB
5119/**
5120 * ieee80211_stop_queues - stop all queues
5121 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
5122 *
5123 * Drivers should use this function instead of netif_stop_queue.
5124 */
5125void ieee80211_stop_queues(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
5126
5127/**
5128 * ieee80211_wake_queues - wake all queues
5129 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
5130 *
5131 * Drivers should use this function instead of netif_wake_queue.
5132 */
5133void ieee80211_wake_queues(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
5134
75a5f0cc
JB
5135/**
5136 * ieee80211_scan_completed - completed hardware scan
5137 *
5138 * When hardware scan offload is used (i.e. the hw_scan() callback is
5139 * assigned) this function needs to be called by the driver to notify
8789d459
JB
5140 * mac80211 that the scan finished. This function can be called from
5141 * any context, including hardirq context.
75a5f0cc
JB
5142 *
5143 * @hw: the hardware that finished the scan
7947d3e0 5144 * @info: information about the completed scan
75a5f0cc 5145 */
7947d3e0
AS
5146void ieee80211_scan_completed(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
5147 struct cfg80211_scan_info *info);
f0706e82 5148
79f460ca
LC
5149/**
5150 * ieee80211_sched_scan_results - got results from scheduled scan
5151 *
5152 * When a scheduled scan is running, this function needs to be called by the
5153 * driver whenever there are new scan results available.
5154 *
5155 * @hw: the hardware that is performing scheduled scans
5156 */
5157void ieee80211_sched_scan_results(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
5158
5159/**
5160 * ieee80211_sched_scan_stopped - inform that the scheduled scan has stopped
5161 *
5162 * When a scheduled scan is running, this function can be called by
5163 * the driver if it needs to stop the scan to perform another task.
5164 * Usual scenarios are drivers that cannot continue the scheduled scan
5165 * while associating, for instance.
5166 *
5167 * @hw: the hardware that is performing scheduled scans
5168 */
5169void ieee80211_sched_scan_stopped(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
5170
8b2c9824
JB
5171/**
5172 * enum ieee80211_interface_iteration_flags - interface iteration flags
5173 * @IEEE80211_IFACE_ITER_NORMAL: Iterate over all interfaces that have
5174 * been added to the driver; However, note that during hardware
5175 * reconfiguration (after restart_hw) it will iterate over a new
5176 * interface and over all the existing interfaces even if they
5177 * haven't been re-added to the driver yet.
5178 * @IEEE80211_IFACE_ITER_RESUME_ALL: During resume, iterate over all
5179 * interfaces, even if they haven't been re-added to the driver yet.
3384d757 5180 * @IEEE80211_IFACE_ITER_ACTIVE: Iterate only active interfaces (netdev is up).
8b2c9824
JB
5181 */
5182enum ieee80211_interface_iteration_flags {
5183 IEEE80211_IFACE_ITER_NORMAL = 0,
5184 IEEE80211_IFACE_ITER_RESUME_ALL = BIT(0),
3384d757 5185 IEEE80211_IFACE_ITER_ACTIVE = BIT(1),
8b2c9824
JB
5186};
5187
3384d757
AN
5188/**
5189 * ieee80211_iterate_interfaces - iterate interfaces
5190 *
5191 * This function iterates over the interfaces associated with a given
5192 * hardware and calls the callback for them. This includes active as well as
5193 * inactive interfaces. This function allows the iterator function to sleep.
5194 * Will iterate over a new interface during add_interface().
5195 *
5196 * @hw: the hardware struct of which the interfaces should be iterated over
5197 * @iter_flags: iteration flags, see &enum ieee80211_interface_iteration_flags
5198 * @iterator: the iterator function to call
5199 * @data: first argument of the iterator function
5200 */
5201void ieee80211_iterate_interfaces(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u32 iter_flags,
5202 void (*iterator)(void *data, u8 *mac,
5203 struct ieee80211_vif *vif),
5204 void *data);
5205
dabeb344 5206/**
6ef307bc 5207 * ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces - iterate active interfaces
dabeb344
JB
5208 *
5209 * This function iterates over the interfaces associated with a given
5210 * hardware that are currently active and calls the callback for them.
2f561feb
ID
5211 * This function allows the iterator function to sleep, when the iterator
5212 * function is atomic @ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces_atomic can
5213 * be used.
8b2c9824 5214 * Does not iterate over a new interface during add_interface().
dabeb344
JB
5215 *
5216 * @hw: the hardware struct of which the interfaces should be iterated over
8b2c9824 5217 * @iter_flags: iteration flags, see &enum ieee80211_interface_iteration_flags
2f561feb 5218 * @iterator: the iterator function to call
dabeb344
JB
5219 * @data: first argument of the iterator function
5220 */
3384d757
AN
5221static inline void
5222ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u32 iter_flags,
5223 void (*iterator)(void *data, u8 *mac,
5224 struct ieee80211_vif *vif),
5225 void *data)
5226{
5227 ieee80211_iterate_interfaces(hw,
5228 iter_flags | IEEE80211_IFACE_ITER_ACTIVE,
5229 iterator, data);
5230}
dabeb344 5231
2f561feb
ID
5232/**
5233 * ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces_atomic - iterate active interfaces
5234 *
5235 * This function iterates over the interfaces associated with a given
5236 * hardware that are currently active and calls the callback for them.
5237 * This function requires the iterator callback function to be atomic,
5238 * if that is not desired, use @ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces instead.
8b2c9824 5239 * Does not iterate over a new interface during add_interface().
2f561feb
ID
5240 *
5241 * @hw: the hardware struct of which the interfaces should be iterated over
8b2c9824 5242 * @iter_flags: iteration flags, see &enum ieee80211_interface_iteration_flags
2f561feb
ID
5243 * @iterator: the iterator function to call, cannot sleep
5244 * @data: first argument of the iterator function
5245 */
5246void ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces_atomic(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
8b2c9824 5247 u32 iter_flags,
2f561feb
ID
5248 void (*iterator)(void *data,
5249 u8 *mac,
5250 struct ieee80211_vif *vif),
5251 void *data);
5252
c7c71066
JB
5253/**
5254 * ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces_rtnl - iterate active interfaces
5255 *
5256 * This function iterates over the interfaces associated with a given
5257 * hardware that are currently active and calls the callback for them.
5258 * This version can only be used while holding the RTNL.
5259 *
5260 * @hw: the hardware struct of which the interfaces should be iterated over
5261 * @iter_flags: iteration flags, see &enum ieee80211_interface_iteration_flags
5262 * @iterator: the iterator function to call, cannot sleep
5263 * @data: first argument of the iterator function
5264 */
5265void ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces_rtnl(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
5266 u32 iter_flags,
5267 void (*iterator)(void *data,
5268 u8 *mac,
5269 struct ieee80211_vif *vif),
5270 void *data);
5271
0fc1e049
AN
5272/**
5273 * ieee80211_iterate_stations_atomic - iterate stations
5274 *
5275 * This function iterates over all stations associated with a given
5276 * hardware that are currently uploaded to the driver and calls the callback
5277 * function for them.
5278 * This function requires the iterator callback function to be atomic,
5279 *
5280 * @hw: the hardware struct of which the interfaces should be iterated over
5281 * @iterator: the iterator function to call, cannot sleep
5282 * @data: first argument of the iterator function
5283 */
5284void ieee80211_iterate_stations_atomic(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
5285 void (*iterator)(void *data,
5286 struct ieee80211_sta *sta),
5287 void *data);
42935eca
LR
5288/**
5289 * ieee80211_queue_work - add work onto the mac80211 workqueue
5290 *
5291 * Drivers and mac80211 use this to add work onto the mac80211 workqueue.
5292 * This helper ensures drivers are not queueing work when they should not be.
5293 *
5294 * @hw: the hardware struct for the interface we are adding work for
5295 * @work: the work we want to add onto the mac80211 workqueue
5296 */
5297void ieee80211_queue_work(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct work_struct *work);
5298
5299/**
5300 * ieee80211_queue_delayed_work - add work onto the mac80211 workqueue
5301 *
5302 * Drivers and mac80211 use this to queue delayed work onto the mac80211
5303 * workqueue.
5304 *
5305 * @hw: the hardware struct for the interface we are adding work for
5306 * @dwork: delayable work to queue onto the mac80211 workqueue
5307 * @delay: number of jiffies to wait before queueing
5308 */
5309void ieee80211_queue_delayed_work(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
5310 struct delayed_work *dwork,
5311 unsigned long delay);
5312
0df3ef45
RR
5313/**
5314 * ieee80211_start_tx_ba_session - Start a tx Block Ack session.
c951ad35 5315 * @sta: the station for which to start a BA session
0df3ef45 5316 * @tid: the TID to BA on.
bd2ce6e4 5317 * @timeout: session timeout value (in TUs)
ea2d8b59
RD
5318 *
5319 * Return: success if addBA request was sent, failure otherwise
0df3ef45
RR
5320 *
5321 * Although mac80211/low level driver/user space application can estimate
5322 * the need to start aggregation on a certain RA/TID, the session level
5323 * will be managed by the mac80211.
5324 */
bd2ce6e4
SM
5325int ieee80211_start_tx_ba_session(struct ieee80211_sta *sta, u16 tid,
5326 u16 timeout);
0df3ef45 5327
0df3ef45
RR
5328/**
5329 * ieee80211_start_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe - low level driver ready to aggregate.
1ed32e4f 5330 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback
0df3ef45
RR
5331 * @ra: receiver address of the BA session recipient.
5332 * @tid: the TID to BA on.
5333 *
5334 * This function must be called by low level driver once it has
5d22c89b
JB
5335 * finished with preparations for the BA session. It can be called
5336 * from any context.
0df3ef45 5337 */
c951ad35 5338void ieee80211_start_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, const u8 *ra,
0df3ef45
RR
5339 u16 tid);
5340
5341/**
5342 * ieee80211_stop_tx_ba_session - Stop a Block Ack session.
c951ad35 5343 * @sta: the station whose BA session to stop
0df3ef45 5344 * @tid: the TID to stop BA.
ea2d8b59 5345 *
6a8579d0 5346 * Return: negative error if the TID is invalid, or no aggregation active
0df3ef45
RR
5347 *
5348 * Although mac80211/low level driver/user space application can estimate
5349 * the need to stop aggregation on a certain RA/TID, the session level
5350 * will be managed by the mac80211.
5351 */
6a8579d0 5352int ieee80211_stop_tx_ba_session(struct ieee80211_sta *sta, u16 tid);
0df3ef45 5353
0df3ef45
RR
5354/**
5355 * ieee80211_stop_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe - low level driver ready to stop aggregate.
1ed32e4f 5356 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback
0df3ef45
RR
5357 * @ra: receiver address of the BA session recipient.
5358 * @tid: the desired TID to BA on.
5359 *
5360 * This function must be called by low level driver once it has
5d22c89b
JB
5361 * finished with preparations for the BA session tear down. It
5362 * can be called from any context.
0df3ef45 5363 */
c951ad35 5364void ieee80211_stop_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, const u8 *ra,
0df3ef45
RR
5365 u16 tid);
5366
17741cdc
JB
5367/**
5368 * ieee80211_find_sta - find a station
5369 *
5ed176e1 5370 * @vif: virtual interface to look for station on
17741cdc
JB
5371 * @addr: station's address
5372 *
0ae997dc
YB
5373 * Return: The station, if found. %NULL otherwise.
5374 *
5375 * Note: This function must be called under RCU lock and the
17741cdc
JB
5376 * resulting pointer is only valid under RCU lock as well.
5377 */
5ed176e1 5378struct ieee80211_sta *ieee80211_find_sta(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
17741cdc
JB
5379 const u8 *addr);
5380
5ed176e1 5381/**
686b9cb9 5382 * ieee80211_find_sta_by_ifaddr - find a station on hardware
5ed176e1
JB
5383 *
5384 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
686b9cb9
BG
5385 * @addr: remote station's address
5386 * @localaddr: local address (vif->sdata->vif.addr). Use NULL for 'any'.
5ed176e1 5387 *
0ae997dc
YB
5388 * Return: The station, if found. %NULL otherwise.
5389 *
5390 * Note: This function must be called under RCU lock and the
5ed176e1
JB
5391 * resulting pointer is only valid under RCU lock as well.
5392 *
686b9cb9
BG
5393 * NOTE: You may pass NULL for localaddr, but then you will just get
5394 * the first STA that matches the remote address 'addr'.
5395 * We can have multiple STA associated with multiple
5396 * logical stations (e.g. consider a station connecting to another
5397 * BSSID on the same AP hardware without disconnecting first).
5398 * In this case, the result of this method with localaddr NULL
5399 * is not reliable.
5ed176e1 5400 *
686b9cb9 5401 * DO NOT USE THIS FUNCTION with localaddr NULL if at all possible.
5ed176e1 5402 */
686b9cb9
BG
5403struct ieee80211_sta *ieee80211_find_sta_by_ifaddr(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
5404 const u8 *addr,
5405 const u8 *localaddr);
5ed176e1 5406
af818581
JB
5407/**
5408 * ieee80211_sta_block_awake - block station from waking up
5409 * @hw: the hardware
5410 * @pubsta: the station
5411 * @block: whether to block or unblock
5412 *
5413 * Some devices require that all frames that are on the queues
5414 * for a specific station that went to sleep are flushed before
5415 * a poll response or frames after the station woke up can be
5416 * delivered to that it. Note that such frames must be rejected
5417 * by the driver as filtered, with the appropriate status flag.
5418 *
5419 * This function allows implementing this mode in a race-free
5420 * manner.
5421 *
5422 * To do this, a driver must keep track of the number of frames
5423 * still enqueued for a specific station. If this number is not
5424 * zero when the station goes to sleep, the driver must call
5425 * this function to force mac80211 to consider the station to
5426 * be asleep regardless of the station's actual state. Once the
5427 * number of outstanding frames reaches zero, the driver must
5428 * call this function again to unblock the station. That will
5429 * cause mac80211 to be able to send ps-poll responses, and if
5430 * the station queried in the meantime then frames will also
5431 * be sent out as a result of this. Additionally, the driver
5432 * will be notified that the station woke up some time after
5433 * it is unblocked, regardless of whether the station actually
5434 * woke up while blocked or not.
5435 */
5436void ieee80211_sta_block_awake(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
5437 struct ieee80211_sta *pubsta, bool block);
5438
37fbd908
JB
5439/**
5440 * ieee80211_sta_eosp - notify mac80211 about end of SP
5441 * @pubsta: the station
5442 *
5443 * When a device transmits frames in a way that it can't tell
5444 * mac80211 in the TX status about the EOSP, it must clear the
5445 * %IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP bit and call this function instead.
5446 * This applies for PS-Poll as well as uAPSD.
5447 *
e943789e
JB
5448 * Note that just like with _tx_status() and _rx() drivers must
5449 * not mix calls to irqsafe/non-irqsafe versions, this function
5450 * must not be mixed with those either. Use the all irqsafe, or
5451 * all non-irqsafe, don't mix!
5452 *
5453 * NB: the _irqsafe version of this function doesn't exist, no
5454 * driver needs it right now. Don't call this function if
5455 * you'd need the _irqsafe version, look at the git history
5456 * and restore the _irqsafe version!
37fbd908 5457 */
e943789e 5458void ieee80211_sta_eosp(struct ieee80211_sta *pubsta);
37fbd908 5459
0ead2510
EG
5460/**
5461 * ieee80211_send_eosp_nullfunc - ask mac80211 to send NDP with EOSP
5462 * @pubsta: the station
5463 * @tid: the tid of the NDP
5464 *
5465 * Sometimes the device understands that it needs to close
5466 * the Service Period unexpectedly. This can happen when
5467 * sending frames that are filling holes in the BA window.
5468 * In this case, the device can ask mac80211 to send a
5469 * Nullfunc frame with EOSP set. When that happens, the
5470 * driver must have called ieee80211_sta_set_buffered() to
5471 * let mac80211 know that there are no buffered frames any
5472 * more, otherwise mac80211 will get the more_data bit wrong.
5473 * The low level driver must have made sure that the frame
5474 * will be sent despite the station being in power-save.
5475 * Mac80211 won't call allow_buffered_frames().
5476 * Note that calling this function, doesn't exempt the driver
5477 * from closing the EOSP properly, it will still have to call
5478 * ieee80211_sta_eosp when the NDP is sent.
5479 */
5480void ieee80211_send_eosp_nullfunc(struct ieee80211_sta *pubsta, int tid);
5481
b4809e94
THJ
5482/**
5483 * ieee80211_sta_register_airtime - register airtime usage for a sta/tid
5484 *
5485 * Register airtime usage for a given sta on a given tid. The driver can call
5486 * this function to notify mac80211 that a station used a certain amount of
5487 * airtime. This information will be used by the TXQ scheduler to schedule
5488 * stations in a way that ensures airtime fairness.
5489 *
5490 * The reported airtime should as a minimum include all time that is spent
5491 * transmitting to the remote station, including overhead and padding, but not
5492 * including time spent waiting for a TXOP. If the time is not reported by the
5493 * hardware it can in some cases be calculated from the rate and known frame
5494 * composition. When possible, the time should include any failed transmission
5495 * attempts.
5496 *
5497 * The driver can either call this function synchronously for every packet or
5498 * aggregate, or asynchronously as airtime usage information becomes available.
5499 * TX and RX airtime can be reported together, or separately by setting one of
5500 * them to 0.
5501 *
5502 * @pubsta: the station
5503 * @tid: the TID to register airtime for
5504 * @tx_airtime: airtime used during TX (in usec)
5505 * @rx_airtime: airtime used during RX (in usec)
5506 */
5507void ieee80211_sta_register_airtime(struct ieee80211_sta *pubsta, u8 tid,
5508 u32 tx_airtime, u32 rx_airtime);
5509
830af02f
JB
5510/**
5511 * ieee80211_iter_keys - iterate keys programmed into the device
5512 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
5513 * @vif: virtual interface to iterate, may be %NULL for all
5514 * @iter: iterator function that will be called for each key
5515 * @iter_data: custom data to pass to the iterator function
5516 *
5517 * This function can be used to iterate all the keys known to
5518 * mac80211, even those that weren't previously programmed into
5519 * the device. This is intended for use in WoWLAN if the device
5520 * needs reprogramming of the keys during suspend. Note that due
5521 * to locking reasons, it is also only safe to call this at few
5522 * spots since it must hold the RTNL and be able to sleep.
f850e00f
JB
5523 *
5524 * The order in which the keys are iterated matches the order
5525 * in which they were originally installed and handed to the
5526 * set_key callback.
830af02f
JB
5527 */
5528void ieee80211_iter_keys(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
5529 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
5530 void (*iter)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
5531 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
5532 struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
5533 struct ieee80211_key_conf *key,
5534 void *data),
5535 void *iter_data);
5536
ef044763
EP
5537/**
5538 * ieee80211_iter_keys_rcu - iterate keys programmed into the device
5539 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
5540 * @vif: virtual interface to iterate, may be %NULL for all
5541 * @iter: iterator function that will be called for each key
5542 * @iter_data: custom data to pass to the iterator function
5543 *
5544 * This function can be used to iterate all the keys known to
5545 * mac80211, even those that weren't previously programmed into
5546 * the device. Note that due to locking reasons, keys of station
5547 * in removal process will be skipped.
5548 *
5549 * This function requires being called in an RCU critical section,
5550 * and thus iter must be atomic.
5551 */
5552void ieee80211_iter_keys_rcu(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
5553 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
5554 void (*iter)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
5555 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
5556 struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
5557 struct ieee80211_key_conf *key,
5558 void *data),
5559 void *iter_data);
5560
3448c005
JB
5561/**
5562 * ieee80211_iter_chan_contexts_atomic - iterate channel contexts
5563 * @hw: pointre obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
5564 * @iter: iterator function
5565 * @iter_data: data passed to iterator function
5566 *
5567 * Iterate all active channel contexts. This function is atomic and
5568 * doesn't acquire any locks internally that might be held in other
5569 * places while calling into the driver.
5570 *
5571 * The iterator will not find a context that's being added (during
5572 * the driver callback to add it) but will find it while it's being
5573 * removed.
8a61af65
JB
5574 *
5575 * Note that during hardware restart, all contexts that existed
5576 * before the restart are considered already present so will be
5577 * found while iterating, whether they've been re-added already
5578 * or not.
3448c005
JB
5579 */
5580void ieee80211_iter_chan_contexts_atomic(
5581 struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
5582 void (*iter)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
5583 struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf *chanctx_conf,
5584 void *data),
5585 void *iter_data);
5586
a619a4c0
JO
5587/**
5588 * ieee80211_ap_probereq_get - retrieve a Probe Request template
5589 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
5590 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
5591 *
5592 * Creates a Probe Request template which can, for example, be uploaded to
5593 * hardware. The template is filled with bssid, ssid and supported rate
5594 * information. This function must only be called from within the
5595 * .bss_info_changed callback function and only in managed mode. The function
5596 * is only useful when the interface is associated, otherwise it will return
0ae997dc
YB
5597 * %NULL.
5598 *
5599 * Return: The Probe Request template. %NULL on error.
a619a4c0
JO
5600 */
5601struct sk_buff *ieee80211_ap_probereq_get(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
5602 struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
5603
04de8381
KV
5604/**
5605 * ieee80211_beacon_loss - inform hardware does not receive beacons
5606 *
1ed32e4f 5607 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
04de8381 5608 *
c1288b12 5609 * When beacon filtering is enabled with %IEEE80211_VIF_BEACON_FILTER and
1e4dcd01 5610 * %IEEE80211_CONF_PS is set, the driver needs to inform whenever the
04de8381
KV
5611 * hardware is not receiving beacons with this function.
5612 */
5613void ieee80211_beacon_loss(struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
4b7679a5 5614
1e4dcd01
JO
5615/**
5616 * ieee80211_connection_loss - inform hardware has lost connection to the AP
5617 *
5618 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
5619 *
c1288b12 5620 * When beacon filtering is enabled with %IEEE80211_VIF_BEACON_FILTER, and
1e4dcd01
JO
5621 * %IEEE80211_CONF_PS and %IEEE80211_HW_CONNECTION_MONITOR are set, the driver
5622 * needs to inform if the connection to the AP has been lost.
682bd38b
JB
5623 * The function may also be called if the connection needs to be terminated
5624 * for some other reason, even if %IEEE80211_HW_CONNECTION_MONITOR isn't set.
1e4dcd01
JO
5625 *
5626 * This function will cause immediate change to disassociated state,
5627 * without connection recovery attempts.
5628 */
5629void ieee80211_connection_loss(struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
5630
95acac61
JB
5631/**
5632 * ieee80211_resume_disconnect - disconnect from AP after resume
5633 *
5634 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
5635 *
5636 * Instructs mac80211 to disconnect from the AP after resume.
5637 * Drivers can use this after WoWLAN if they know that the
5638 * connection cannot be kept up, for example because keys were
5639 * used while the device was asleep but the replay counters or
5640 * similar cannot be retrieved from the device during resume.
5641 *
5642 * Note that due to implementation issues, if the driver uses
5643 * the reconfiguration functionality during resume the interface
5644 * will still be added as associated first during resume and then
5645 * disconnect normally later.
5646 *
5647 * This function can only be called from the resume callback and
5648 * the driver must not be holding any of its own locks while it
5649 * calls this function, or at least not any locks it needs in the
5650 * key configuration paths (if it supports HW crypto).
5651 */
5652void ieee80211_resume_disconnect(struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
f90754c1 5653
a97c13c3
JO
5654/**
5655 * ieee80211_cqm_rssi_notify - inform a configured connection quality monitoring
5656 * rssi threshold triggered
5657 *
5658 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
5659 * @rssi_event: the RSSI trigger event type
769f07d8 5660 * @rssi_level: new RSSI level value or 0 if not available
a97c13c3
JO
5661 * @gfp: context flags
5662 *
ea086359 5663 * When the %IEEE80211_VIF_SUPPORTS_CQM_RSSI is set, and a connection quality
a97c13c3
JO
5664 * monitoring is configured with an rssi threshold, the driver will inform
5665 * whenever the rssi level reaches the threshold.
5666 */
5667void ieee80211_cqm_rssi_notify(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
5668 enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event rssi_event,
769f07d8 5669 s32 rssi_level,
a97c13c3
JO
5670 gfp_t gfp);
5671
98f03342
JB
5672/**
5673 * ieee80211_cqm_beacon_loss_notify - inform CQM of beacon loss
5674 *
5675 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
5676 * @gfp: context flags
5677 */
5678void ieee80211_cqm_beacon_loss_notify(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, gfp_t gfp);
5679
164eb02d
SW
5680/**
5681 * ieee80211_radar_detected - inform that a radar was detected
5682 *
5683 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
5684 */
5685void ieee80211_radar_detected(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
5686
5ce6e438
JB
5687/**
5688 * ieee80211_chswitch_done - Complete channel switch process
5689 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
5690 * @success: make the channel switch successful or not
5691 *
5692 * Complete the channel switch post-process: set the new operational channel
5693 * and wake up the suspended queues.
5694 */
5695void ieee80211_chswitch_done(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, bool success);
5696
d1f5b7a3
JB
5697/**
5698 * ieee80211_request_smps - request SM PS transition
5699 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
633dd1ea 5700 * @smps_mode: new SM PS mode
d1f5b7a3
JB
5701 *
5702 * This allows the driver to request an SM PS transition in managed
5703 * mode. This is useful when the driver has more information than
5704 * the stack about possible interference, for example by bluetooth.
5705 */
5706void ieee80211_request_smps(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
5707 enum ieee80211_smps_mode smps_mode);
5708
21f83589
JB
5709/**
5710 * ieee80211_ready_on_channel - notification of remain-on-channel start
5711 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
5712 */
5713void ieee80211_ready_on_channel(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
5714
5715/**
5716 * ieee80211_remain_on_channel_expired - remain_on_channel duration expired
5717 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
5718 */
5719void ieee80211_remain_on_channel_expired(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
5720
f41ccd71
SL
5721/**
5722 * ieee80211_stop_rx_ba_session - callback to stop existing BA sessions
5723 *
5724 * in order not to harm the system performance and user experience, the device
5725 * may request not to allow any rx ba session and tear down existing rx ba
5726 * sessions based on system constraints such as periodic BT activity that needs
5727 * to limit wlan activity (eg.sco or a2dp)."
5728 * in such cases, the intention is to limit the duration of the rx ppdu and
5729 * therefore prevent the peer device to use a-mpdu aggregation.
5730 *
5731 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
5732 * @ba_rx_bitmap: Bit map of open rx ba per tid
5733 * @addr: & to bssid mac address
5734 */
5735void ieee80211_stop_rx_ba_session(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, u16 ba_rx_bitmap,
5736 const u8 *addr);
5737
06470f74
SS
5738/**
5739 * ieee80211_mark_rx_ba_filtered_frames - move RX BA window and mark filtered
5740 * @pubsta: station struct
5741 * @tid: the session's TID
5742 * @ssn: starting sequence number of the bitmap, all frames before this are
5743 * assumed to be out of the window after the call
5744 * @filtered: bitmap of filtered frames, BIT(0) is the @ssn entry etc.
5745 * @received_mpdus: number of received mpdus in firmware
5746 *
5747 * This function moves the BA window and releases all frames before @ssn, and
5748 * marks frames marked in the bitmap as having been filtered. Afterwards, it
5749 * checks if any frames in the window starting from @ssn can now be released
5750 * (in case they were only waiting for frames that were filtered.)
5751 */
5752void ieee80211_mark_rx_ba_filtered_frames(struct ieee80211_sta *pubsta, u8 tid,
5753 u16 ssn, u64 filtered,
5754 u16 received_mpdus);
5755
8c771244
FF
5756/**
5757 * ieee80211_send_bar - send a BlockAckReq frame
5758 *
5759 * can be used to flush pending frames from the peer's aggregation reorder
5760 * buffer.
5761 *
5762 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
5763 * @ra: the peer's destination address
5764 * @tid: the TID of the aggregation session
5765 * @ssn: the new starting sequence number for the receiver
5766 */
5767void ieee80211_send_bar(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, u8 *ra, u16 tid, u16 ssn);
5768
1272c5d8
LC
5769/**
5770 * ieee80211_manage_rx_ba_offl - helper to queue an RX BA work
5771 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback
5772 * @addr: station mac address
5773 * @tid: the rx tid
5774 */
699cb58c 5775void ieee80211_manage_rx_ba_offl(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, const u8 *addr,
1272c5d8 5776 unsigned int tid);
699cb58c 5777
08cf42e8
MK
5778/**
5779 * ieee80211_start_rx_ba_session_offl - start a Rx BA session
5780 *
5781 * Some device drivers may offload part of the Rx aggregation flow including
5782 * AddBa/DelBa negotiation but may otherwise be incapable of full Rx
5783 * reordering.
5784 *
5785 * Create structures responsible for reordering so device drivers may call here
5786 * when they complete AddBa negotiation.
5787 *
5788 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback
5789 * @addr: station mac address
5790 * @tid: the rx tid
5791 */
699cb58c
JB
5792static inline void ieee80211_start_rx_ba_session_offl(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
5793 const u8 *addr, u16 tid)
5794{
5795 if (WARN_ON(tid >= IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS))
5796 return;
5797 ieee80211_manage_rx_ba_offl(vif, addr, tid);
5798}
08cf42e8
MK
5799
5800/**
5801 * ieee80211_stop_rx_ba_session_offl - stop a Rx BA session
5802 *
5803 * Some device drivers may offload part of the Rx aggregation flow including
5804 * AddBa/DelBa negotiation but may otherwise be incapable of full Rx
5805 * reordering.
5806 *
5807 * Destroy structures responsible for reordering so device drivers may call here
5808 * when they complete DelBa negotiation.
5809 *
5810 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback
5811 * @addr: station mac address
5812 * @tid: the rx tid
5813 */
699cb58c
JB
5814static inline void ieee80211_stop_rx_ba_session_offl(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
5815 const u8 *addr, u16 tid)
5816{
5817 if (WARN_ON(tid >= IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS))
5818 return;
5819 ieee80211_manage_rx_ba_offl(vif, addr, tid + IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS);
5820}
08cf42e8 5821
04c2cf34
NG
5822/**
5823 * ieee80211_rx_ba_timer_expired - stop a Rx BA session due to timeout
5824 *
5825 * Some device drivers do not offload AddBa/DelBa negotiation, but handle rx
5826 * buffer reording internally, and therefore also handle the session timer.
5827 *
5828 * Trigger the timeout flow, which sends a DelBa.
5829 *
5830 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback
5831 * @addr: station mac address
5832 * @tid: the rx tid
5833 */
5834void ieee80211_rx_ba_timer_expired(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
5835 const u8 *addr, unsigned int tid);
5836
4b7679a5 5837/* Rate control API */
e6a9854b 5838
4b7679a5 5839/**
e6a9854b
JB
5840 * struct ieee80211_tx_rate_control - rate control information for/from RC algo
5841 *
5842 * @hw: The hardware the algorithm is invoked for.
5843 * @sband: The band this frame is being transmitted on.
5844 * @bss_conf: the current BSS configuration
f44d4eb5
SW
5845 * @skb: the skb that will be transmitted, the control information in it needs
5846 * to be filled in
e6a9854b
JB
5847 * @reported_rate: The rate control algorithm can fill this in to indicate
5848 * which rate should be reported to userspace as the current rate and
5849 * used for rate calculations in the mesh network.
5850 * @rts: whether RTS will be used for this frame because it is longer than the
5851 * RTS threshold
5852 * @short_preamble: whether mac80211 will request short-preamble transmission
5853 * if the selected rate supports it
f44d4eb5 5854 * @rate_idx_mask: user-requested (legacy) rate mask
2ffbe6d3 5855 * @rate_idx_mcs_mask: user-requested MCS rate mask (NULL if not in use)
8f0729b1 5856 * @bss: whether this frame is sent out in AP or IBSS mode
e6a9854b
JB
5857 */
5858struct ieee80211_tx_rate_control {
5859 struct ieee80211_hw *hw;
5860 struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband;
5861 struct ieee80211_bss_conf *bss_conf;
5862 struct sk_buff *skb;
5863 struct ieee80211_tx_rate reported_rate;
5864 bool rts, short_preamble;
37eb0b16 5865 u32 rate_idx_mask;
2ffbe6d3 5866 u8 *rate_idx_mcs_mask;
8f0729b1 5867 bool bss;
4b7679a5
JB
5868};
5869
09b4a4fa
JB
5870/**
5871 * enum rate_control_capabilities - rate control capabilities
5872 */
5873enum rate_control_capabilities {
5874 /**
5875 * @RATE_CTRL_CAPA_VHT_EXT_NSS_BW:
5876 * Support for extended NSS BW support (dot11VHTExtendedNSSCapable)
5877 * Note that this is only looked at if the minimum number of chains
5878 * that the AP uses is < the number of TX chains the hardware has,
5879 * otherwise the NSS difference doesn't bother us.
5880 */
5881 RATE_CTRL_CAPA_VHT_EXT_NSS_BW = BIT(0),
5882};
5883
4b7679a5 5884struct rate_control_ops {
09b4a4fa 5885 unsigned long capa;
4b7679a5
JB
5886 const char *name;
5887 void *(*alloc)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct dentry *debugfsdir);
4b7679a5
JB
5888 void (*free)(void *priv);
5889
5890 void *(*alloc_sta)(void *priv, struct ieee80211_sta *sta, gfp_t gfp);
5891 void (*rate_init)(void *priv, struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband,
3de805cf 5892 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
4b7679a5 5893 struct ieee80211_sta *sta, void *priv_sta);
81cb7623 5894 void (*rate_update)(void *priv, struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband,
3de805cf 5895 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
64f68e5d
JB
5896 struct ieee80211_sta *sta, void *priv_sta,
5897 u32 changed);
4b7679a5
JB
5898 void (*free_sta)(void *priv, struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
5899 void *priv_sta);
5900
18fb84d9
FF
5901 void (*tx_status_ext)(void *priv,
5902 struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband,
5903 void *priv_sta, struct ieee80211_tx_status *st);
4b7679a5
JB
5904 void (*tx_status)(void *priv, struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband,
5905 struct ieee80211_sta *sta, void *priv_sta,
5906 struct sk_buff *skb);
e6a9854b
JB
5907 void (*get_rate)(void *priv, struct ieee80211_sta *sta, void *priv_sta,
5908 struct ieee80211_tx_rate_control *txrc);
4b7679a5
JB
5909
5910 void (*add_sta_debugfs)(void *priv, void *priv_sta,
5911 struct dentry *dir);
5912 void (*remove_sta_debugfs)(void *priv, void *priv_sta);
cca674d4
AQ
5913
5914 u32 (*get_expected_throughput)(void *priv_sta);
4b7679a5
JB
5915};
5916
5917static inline int rate_supported(struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
57fbcce3 5918 enum nl80211_band band,
4b7679a5
JB
5919 int index)
5920{
5921 return (sta == NULL || sta->supp_rates[band] & BIT(index));
5922}
5923
4c6d4f5c
LR
5924/**
5925 * rate_control_send_low - helper for drivers for management/no-ack frames
5926 *
5927 * Rate control algorithms that agree to use the lowest rate to
5928 * send management frames and NO_ACK data with the respective hw
5929 * retries should use this in the beginning of their mac80211 get_rate
5930 * callback. If true is returned the rate control can simply return.
5931 * If false is returned we guarantee that sta and sta and priv_sta is
5932 * not null.
5933 *
5934 * Rate control algorithms wishing to do more intelligent selection of
5935 * rate for multicast/broadcast frames may choose to not use this.
5936 *
5937 * @sta: &struct ieee80211_sta pointer to the target destination. Note
5938 * that this may be null.
5939 * @priv_sta: private rate control structure. This may be null.
5940 * @txrc: rate control information we sholud populate for mac80211.
5941 */
5942bool rate_control_send_low(struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
5943 void *priv_sta,
5944 struct ieee80211_tx_rate_control *txrc);
5945
5946
4b7679a5
JB
5947static inline s8
5948rate_lowest_index(struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband,
5949 struct ieee80211_sta *sta)
5950{
5951 int i;
5952
5953 for (i = 0; i < sband->n_bitrates; i++)
5954 if (rate_supported(sta, sband->band, i))
5955 return i;
5956
5957 /* warn when we cannot find a rate. */
54d5026e 5958 WARN_ON_ONCE(1);
4b7679a5 5959
54d5026e 5960 /* and return 0 (the lowest index) */
4b7679a5
JB
5961 return 0;
5962}
5963
b770b43e
LR
5964static inline
5965bool rate_usable_index_exists(struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband,
5966 struct ieee80211_sta *sta)
5967{
5968 unsigned int i;
5969
5970 for (i = 0; i < sband->n_bitrates; i++)
5971 if (rate_supported(sta, sband->band, i))
5972 return true;
5973 return false;
5974}
4b7679a5 5975
0d528d85
FF
5976/**
5977 * rate_control_set_rates - pass the sta rate selection to mac80211/driver
5978 *
5979 * When not doing a rate control probe to test rates, rate control should pass
5980 * its rate selection to mac80211. If the driver supports receiving a station
5981 * rate table, it will use it to ensure that frames are always sent based on
5982 * the most recent rate control module decision.
5983 *
5984 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
5985 * @pubsta: &struct ieee80211_sta pointer to the target destination.
5986 * @rates: new tx rate set to be used for this station.
5987 */
5988int rate_control_set_rates(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
5989 struct ieee80211_sta *pubsta,
5990 struct ieee80211_sta_rates *rates);
5991
631ad703
JB
5992int ieee80211_rate_control_register(const struct rate_control_ops *ops);
5993void ieee80211_rate_control_unregister(const struct rate_control_ops *ops);
4b7679a5 5994
10c806b3
LR
5995static inline bool
5996conf_is_ht20(struct ieee80211_conf *conf)
5997{
675a0b04 5998 return conf->chandef.width == NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20;
10c806b3
LR
5999}
6000
6001static inline bool
6002conf_is_ht40_minus(struct ieee80211_conf *conf)
6003{
675a0b04
KB
6004 return conf->chandef.width == NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40 &&
6005 conf->chandef.center_freq1 < conf->chandef.chan->center_freq;
10c806b3
LR
6006}
6007
6008static inline bool
6009conf_is_ht40_plus(struct ieee80211_conf *conf)
6010{
675a0b04
KB
6011 return conf->chandef.width == NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40 &&
6012 conf->chandef.center_freq1 > conf->chandef.chan->center_freq;
10c806b3
LR
6013}
6014
6015static inline bool
6016conf_is_ht40(struct ieee80211_conf *conf)
6017{
675a0b04 6018 return conf->chandef.width == NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40;
10c806b3
LR
6019}
6020
6021static inline bool
6022conf_is_ht(struct ieee80211_conf *conf)
6023{
041f607d
RL
6024 return (conf->chandef.width != NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5) &&
6025 (conf->chandef.width != NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10) &&
6026 (conf->chandef.width != NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT);
10c806b3
LR
6027}
6028
2ca27bcf
JB
6029static inline enum nl80211_iftype
6030ieee80211_iftype_p2p(enum nl80211_iftype type, bool p2p)
6031{
6032 if (p2p) {
6033 switch (type) {
6034 case NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION:
6035 return NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT;
6036 case NL80211_IFTYPE_AP:
6037 return NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO;
6038 default:
6039 break;
6040 }
6041 }
6042 return type;
6043}
6044
6045static inline enum nl80211_iftype
6046ieee80211_vif_type_p2p(struct ieee80211_vif *vif)
6047{
6048 return ieee80211_iftype_p2p(vif->type, vif->p2p);
6049}
6050
65554d07
SS
6051/**
6052 * ieee80211_update_mu_groups - set the VHT MU-MIMO groud data
6053 *
6054 * @vif: the specified virtual interface
6055 * @membership: 64 bits array - a bit is set if station is member of the group
6056 * @position: 2 bits per group id indicating the position in the group
6057 *
6058 * Note: This function assumes that the given vif is valid and the position and
6059 * membership data is of the correct size and are in the same byte order as the
6060 * matching GroupId management frame.
6061 * Calls to this function need to be serialized with RX path.
6062 */
6063void ieee80211_update_mu_groups(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
6064 const u8 *membership, const u8 *position);
6065
615f7b9b
MV
6066void ieee80211_enable_rssi_reports(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
6067 int rssi_min_thold,
6068 int rssi_max_thold);
6069
6070void ieee80211_disable_rssi_reports(struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
768db343 6071
0d8a0a17 6072/**
0ae997dc 6073 * ieee80211_ave_rssi - report the average RSSI for the specified interface
0d8a0a17
WYG
6074 *
6075 * @vif: the specified virtual interface
6076 *
0ae997dc
YB
6077 * Note: This function assumes that the given vif is valid.
6078 *
6079 * Return: The average RSSI value for the requested interface, or 0 if not
6080 * applicable.
0d8a0a17 6081 */
1dae27f8
WYG
6082int ieee80211_ave_rssi(struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
6083
cd8f7cb4
JB
6084/**
6085 * ieee80211_report_wowlan_wakeup - report WoWLAN wakeup
6086 * @vif: virtual interface
6087 * @wakeup: wakeup reason(s)
6088 * @gfp: allocation flags
6089 *
6090 * See cfg80211_report_wowlan_wakeup().
6091 */
6092void ieee80211_report_wowlan_wakeup(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
6093 struct cfg80211_wowlan_wakeup *wakeup,
6094 gfp_t gfp);
6095
06be6b14
FF
6096/**
6097 * ieee80211_tx_prepare_skb - prepare an 802.11 skb for transmission
6098 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
6099 * @vif: virtual interface
6100 * @skb: frame to be sent from within the driver
6101 * @band: the band to transmit on
6102 * @sta: optional pointer to get the station to send the frame to
6103 *
6104 * Note: must be called under RCU lock
6105 */
6106bool ieee80211_tx_prepare_skb(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
6107 struct ieee80211_vif *vif, struct sk_buff *skb,
6108 int band, struct ieee80211_sta **sta);
6109
a7022e65
FF
6110/**
6111 * struct ieee80211_noa_data - holds temporary data for tracking P2P NoA state
6112 *
6113 * @next_tsf: TSF timestamp of the next absent state change
6114 * @has_next_tsf: next absent state change event pending
6115 *
6116 * @absent: descriptor bitmask, set if GO is currently absent
6117 *
6118 * private:
6119 *
6120 * @count: count fields from the NoA descriptors
6121 * @desc: adjusted data from the NoA
6122 */
6123struct ieee80211_noa_data {
6124 u32 next_tsf;
6125 bool has_next_tsf;
6126
6127 u8 absent;
6128
6129 u8 count[IEEE80211_P2P_NOA_DESC_MAX];
6130 struct {
6131 u32 start;
6132 u32 duration;
6133 u32 interval;
6134 } desc[IEEE80211_P2P_NOA_DESC_MAX];
6135};
6136
6137/**
6138 * ieee80211_parse_p2p_noa - initialize NoA tracking data from P2P IE
6139 *
6140 * @attr: P2P NoA IE
6141 * @data: NoA tracking data
6142 * @tsf: current TSF timestamp
6143 *
6144 * Return: number of successfully parsed descriptors
6145 */
6146int ieee80211_parse_p2p_noa(const struct ieee80211_p2p_noa_attr *attr,
6147 struct ieee80211_noa_data *data, u32 tsf);
6148
6149/**
6150 * ieee80211_update_p2p_noa - get next pending P2P GO absent state change
6151 *
6152 * @data: NoA tracking data
6153 * @tsf: current TSF timestamp
6154 */
6155void ieee80211_update_p2p_noa(struct ieee80211_noa_data *data, u32 tsf);
6156
c887f0d3
AN
6157/**
6158 * ieee80211_tdls_oper - request userspace to perform a TDLS operation
6159 * @vif: virtual interface
6160 * @peer: the peer's destination address
6161 * @oper: the requested TDLS operation
6162 * @reason_code: reason code for the operation, valid for TDLS teardown
6163 * @gfp: allocation flags
6164 *
6165 * See cfg80211_tdls_oper_request().
6166 */
6167void ieee80211_tdls_oper_request(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, const u8 *peer,
6168 enum nl80211_tdls_operation oper,
6169 u16 reason_code, gfp_t gfp);
a7f3a768 6170
b6da911b
LK
6171/**
6172 * ieee80211_reserve_tid - request to reserve a specific TID
6173 *
6174 * There is sometimes a need (such as in TDLS) for blocking the driver from
6175 * using a specific TID so that the FW can use it for certain operations such
6176 * as sending PTI requests. To make sure that the driver doesn't use that TID,
6177 * this function must be called as it flushes out packets on this TID and marks
6178 * it as blocked, so that any transmit for the station on this TID will be
6179 * redirected to the alternative TID in the same AC.
6180 *
6181 * Note that this function blocks and may call back into the driver, so it
6182 * should be called without driver locks held. Also note this function should
6183 * only be called from the driver's @sta_state callback.
6184 *
6185 * @sta: the station to reserve the TID for
6186 * @tid: the TID to reserve
6187 *
6188 * Returns: 0 on success, else on failure
6189 */
6190int ieee80211_reserve_tid(struct ieee80211_sta *sta, u8 tid);
6191
6192/**
6193 * ieee80211_unreserve_tid - request to unreserve a specific TID
6194 *
6195 * Once there is no longer any need for reserving a certain TID, this function
6196 * should be called, and no longer will packets have their TID modified for
6197 * preventing use of this TID in the driver.
6198 *
6199 * Note that this function blocks and acquires a lock, so it should be called
6200 * without driver locks held. Also note this function should only be called
6201 * from the driver's @sta_state callback.
6202 *
6203 * @sta: the station
6204 * @tid: the TID to unreserve
6205 */
6206void ieee80211_unreserve_tid(struct ieee80211_sta *sta, u8 tid);
6207
ba8c3d6f
FF
6208/**
6209 * ieee80211_tx_dequeue - dequeue a packet from a software tx queue
6210 *
6211 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
18667600
THJ
6212 * @txq: pointer obtained from station or virtual interface, or from
6213 * ieee80211_next_txq()
ba8c3d6f
FF
6214 *
6215 * Returns the skb if successful, %NULL if no frame was available.
fca1279f
JB
6216 *
6217 * Note that this must be called in an rcu_read_lock() critical section,
6218 * which can only be released after the SKB was handled. Some pointers in
6219 * skb->cb, e.g. the key pointer, are protected by by RCU and thus the
6220 * critical section must persist not just for the duration of this call
6221 * but for the duration of the frame handling.
6222 * However, also note that while in the wake_tx_queue() method,
6223 * rcu_read_lock() is already held.
ba8c3d6f
FF
6224 */
6225struct sk_buff *ieee80211_tx_dequeue(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
6226 struct ieee80211_txq *txq);
f2ac7e30 6227
18667600
THJ
6228/**
6229 * ieee80211_next_txq - get next tx queue to pull packets from
6230 *
6231 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
6232 * @ac: AC number to return packets from.
6233 *
6234 * Should only be called between calls to ieee80211_txq_schedule_start()
6235 * and ieee80211_txq_schedule_end().
6236 * Returns the next txq if successful, %NULL if no queue is eligible. If a txq
6237 * is returned, it should be returned with ieee80211_return_txq() after the
6238 * driver has finished scheduling it.
6239 */
6240struct ieee80211_txq *ieee80211_next_txq(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u8 ac);
6241
6242/**
6243 * ieee80211_return_txq - return a TXQ previously acquired by ieee80211_next_txq()
6244 *
6245 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
6246 * @txq: pointer obtained from station or virtual interface
6247 *
6248 * Should only be called between calls to ieee80211_txq_schedule_start()
6249 * and ieee80211_txq_schedule_end().
6250 */
6251void ieee80211_return_txq(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_txq *txq);
6252
6253/**
6254 * ieee80211_txq_schedule_start - acquire locks for safe scheduling of an AC
6255 *
6256 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
6257 * @ac: AC number to acquire locks for
6258 *
6259 * Acquire locks needed to schedule TXQs from the given AC. Should be called
6260 * before ieee80211_next_txq() or ieee80211_return_txq().
6261 */
6262void ieee80211_txq_schedule_start(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u8 ac)
6263 __acquires(txq_lock);
6264
6265/**
6266 * ieee80211_txq_schedule_end - release locks for safe scheduling of an AC
6267 *
6268 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
6269 * @ac: AC number to acquire locks for
6270 *
6271 * Release locks previously acquired by ieee80211_txq_schedule_end().
6272 */
6273void ieee80211_txq_schedule_end(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u8 ac)
6274 __releases(txq_lock);
6275
390298e8
THJ
6276/**
6277 * ieee80211_schedule_txq - schedule a TXQ for transmission
6278 *
6279 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
6280 * @txq: pointer obtained from station or virtual interface
6281 *
6282 * Schedules a TXQ for transmission if it is not already scheduled. Takes a
6283 * lock, which means it must *not* be called between
6284 * ieee80211_txq_schedule_start() and ieee80211_txq_schedule_end()
6285 */
6286void ieee80211_schedule_txq(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_txq *txq)
6287 __acquires(txq_lock) __releases(txq_lock);
6288
b4809e94
THJ
6289/**
6290 * ieee80211_txq_may_transmit - check whether TXQ is allowed to transmit
6291 *
6292 * This function is used to check whether given txq is allowed to transmit by
6293 * the airtime scheduler, and can be used by drivers to access the airtime
6294 * fairness accounting without going using the scheduling order enfored by
6295 * next_txq().
6296 *
6297 * Returns %true if the airtime scheduler thinks the TXQ should be allowed to
6298 * transmit, and %false if it should be throttled. This function can also have
6299 * the side effect of rotating the TXQ in the scheduler rotation, which will
6300 * eventually bring the deficit to positive and allow the station to transmit
6301 * again.
6302 *
6303 * The API ieee80211_txq_may_transmit() also ensures that TXQ list will be
6304 * aligned aginst driver's own round-robin scheduler list. i.e it rotates
6305 * the TXQ list till it makes the requested node becomes the first entry
6306 * in TXQ list. Thus both the TXQ list and driver's list are in sync. If this
6307 * function returns %true, the driver is expected to schedule packets
6308 * for transmission, and then return the TXQ through ieee80211_return_txq().
6309 *
6310 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
6311 * @txq: pointer obtained from station or virtual interface
6312 */
6313bool ieee80211_txq_may_transmit(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
6314 struct ieee80211_txq *txq);
6315
f2ac7e30
MK
6316/**
6317 * ieee80211_txq_get_depth - get pending frame/byte count of given txq
6318 *
6319 * The values are not guaranteed to be coherent with regard to each other, i.e.
6320 * txq state can change half-way of this function and the caller may end up
6321 * with "new" frame_cnt and "old" byte_cnt or vice-versa.
6322 *
6323 * @txq: pointer obtained from station or virtual interface
6324 * @frame_cnt: pointer to store frame count
6325 * @byte_cnt: pointer to store byte count
6326 */
6327void ieee80211_txq_get_depth(struct ieee80211_txq *txq,
6328 unsigned long *frame_cnt,
6329 unsigned long *byte_cnt);
167e33f4
AB
6330
6331/**
6332 * ieee80211_nan_func_terminated - notify about NAN function termination.
6333 *
6334 * This function is used to notify mac80211 about NAN function termination.
6335 * Note that this function can't be called from hard irq.
6336 *
6337 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
6338 * @inst_id: the local instance id
6339 * @reason: termination reason (one of the NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_*)
6340 * @gfp: allocation flags
6341 */
6342void ieee80211_nan_func_terminated(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
6343 u8 inst_id,
6344 enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason reason,
6345 gfp_t gfp);
92bc43bc
AB
6346
6347/**
6348 * ieee80211_nan_func_match - notify about NAN function match event.
6349 *
6350 * This function is used to notify mac80211 about NAN function match. The
6351 * cookie inside the match struct will be assigned by mac80211.
6352 * Note that this function can't be called from hard irq.
6353 *
6354 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
6355 * @match: match event information
6356 * @gfp: allocation flags
6357 */
6358void ieee80211_nan_func_match(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
6359 struct cfg80211_nan_match_params *match,
6360 gfp_t gfp);
6361
f0706e82 6362#endif /* MAC80211_H */